CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL INC
S-1/A, 1998-03-31
COMMERCIAL PRINTING
Previous: CHEVY CHASE AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUST 1997-4, 10-K, 1998-03-31
Next: SONOSIGHT INC, 10-12G/A, 1998-03-31



   

    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 31, 1998

                                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT 333-46541
    
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
                                ----------------
   
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                    UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                ----------------
                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                              <C>
                NEW JERSEY                         2750                       22-3561164
     (State or Other Jurisdiction      (Primary Standard Industrial        (I.R.S. Employer
 of Incorporation or Organization)      Classification Code Number)     Identification Number)
</TABLE>
                                629 GROVE STREET
                          JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY 07310
                                 (201) 217-1990

  (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
                    Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                            MR. MICHAEL R. CUNNINGHAM
                 CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

                                629 GROVE STREET
                          JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY 07310

                                 (201) 217-1990

 (Name, Address Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                              of Agent For Service)

                                ----------------
                          Copies of Communications to:
      JEFFREY A. BAUMEL, ESQ.                       JEFFREY S. LOWENTHAL, ESQ.
     LAWRENCE A. GOLDMAN, ESQ.                    STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN LLP
      GIBBONS, DEL DEO, DOLAN,                           180 MAIDEN LANE
     GRIFFINGER & VECCHIONE, P.C.                   NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10038
        ONE RIVERFRONT PLAZA                              (212) 806-5400
      NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102
           (973) 596-4500
                               ----------------
APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]

   
     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ] ______.
    
     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ] ______.

     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ] ______.
   

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. [ ]
    
     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 31, 1998
    
PROSPECTUS
   

                               2,100,000 SHARES
[LOGO]               CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                 COMMON STOCK

     Cunningham Graphics International, Inc. (the "Company" or "CGII") is hereby
offering (the "Offering") 2,100,000 shares of the Company's common stock, no par
value per share (the "Common Stock").  Prior to the Offering,  there has been no
public market for the Common Stock.  It is  anticipated  that the initial public
offering price will be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share.  Approximately  $4.6
million,  or 20%, of the estimated net proceeds of the Offering will be received
by the existing  stockholders of the Company. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the  factors to be  considered  in  determining  the initial  public
offering price. It is expected that approximately 300,000 shares will be offered
outside of the United States.

     The  Company  has  applied  for  listing of the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market System under the symbol  "CGII." At the request of the Company,
up to 200,000  shares  have been  reserved  for sale in the  Offering to certain
individuals,  including directors and employees of the Company, members of their
families,  and other persons having business relationships with the Company. See
"Underwriting." Following the Offering,  affiliates of the Company will continue
to control  approximately  57.3% of the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  which will
enable them to control all matters requiring a stockholder  vote,  including the
election of directors. 
    
                               ---------------
   
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
                               ---------------
    
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
      PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

================================================================================
                                  UNDERWRITING
                    PRICE TO      DISCOUNTS AND     PROCEEDS TO
                     PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)      COMPANY(2)
Per Share .........    $               $                $
Total(3) ..........    $               $                $

================================================================================
   
(1)  The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
     liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."

(2)  Before deducting  expenses of the Offering payable by the Company estimated
     at $800,000.

(3)  The Company has granted to the  Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
     to  315,000  additional  shares of Common  Stock at the price to the public
     less  underwriting  discounts and  commissions  for the purpose of covering
     over-allotments,  if any. If such option is  exercised  in full,  the total
     Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discounts and  Commissions  and Proceeds to
     Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting."
    
                               ---------------
   
     The  shares of Common  Stock are being  offered by the  Underwriters  named
herein,  subject to prior  sale,  when,  as and if accepted by it and subject to
certain  prior  conditions  including  the right of the  Underwriters  to reject
orders in whole or in part.  It is expected that delivery of such shares will be
made in New York, New York, on or about , 1998.

SCHRODER & CO. INC.                           PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED
    

                 The date of this Prospectus is        , 1998.

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of securities in any
State in which  such  offer,  solicitation  or sale would be  unlawful  prior to
registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

<PAGE>
Inside  Front Cover
- -------------------

     At the top of the page is the Company's logo, name and the following text:

"Cunningham Graphics International, Inc. (CGII) provides a wide range of graphic
communications services to financial institutions and corporations,  focusing on
producing  and  distributing  time-sensitive  analytical  research and marketing
materials and on providing on-demand printing services."
 
"The Company,  which commenced operations in 1989, currently operates in select
international  markets  through its  facilities in the United States and through
alliances with Roda Limited,  its strategic  partner in the United Kingdom,  and
with its  strategic  partner in Hong Kong.  The  Company is a major  producer of
financial research reports,  having produced over two billion pages during 1997.
The Company  provides  services,  on a non-exclusive  basis, to 13 of the top 20
investment banking firms as ranked by Institutional Investor in October 1997."

Below the text are the following graphics:

     1.  The  Company's  logo  appearing  as the  hub  of a  wheel  with  spokes
identifying  the  Company's  services,  clockwise  as  follows:   Time-Sensitive
Printing,   International   Printing,   Complete  Bindery   Services,   Document
Management, Database Management,  Electronic Warehousing, Digital Communications
Links, Fulfillment Services, Outsourcing Services and Digital Printing;

     2.   Globe;

     3.   Image of the Company's World Wide Web home page;

     4.   Picture of a clock.

Inside Front Cover folds open and reveals the following text:

     "CGII produces and  distributes  printed and digital  documents -- research
reports, corporate marketing materials, catalogues, and directories."

     "To facilitate the rapid  distribution of documents  globally,  the Company
has designed and implemented the World Research  LinkTM,  an array of electronic
data communications  networks linking each of the Company's  facilities with its
strategic operating partners and major customers."

     The text is accompanied by graphics identified by and appearing as follows:

     1. Client:  photo image of downtown Manhattan and individual on a telephone
looking at a computer screen of a research report;

     2. Communications  Links: graphics depicting modes of delivery of data from
the client to the Company;

     3. Electronic Document and Database Management: graphic of various items of
computer equipment;

     4. Flexible Output  Configuration:  graphics of printing equipment ("Offset
Printing"),  photocopying  machine  ("Digital   Printing"),   personal  computer
("HTML/WEB") and CD-ROM.

     Adjacent to the  foregoing  graphics are images of a clock,  Clock Tower in
London,  research  reports printed by the Company,  one of the Company's  trucks
used for fulfillment and  distribution,  a photo of Hong Kong harbor and a globe
in the upper right  corner of the page  showing  London,  New York and Hong Kong
with the Company's logo and World Research LinkTM caption.

Inside Back Cover
- -----------------

The inside back cover has the Company's  logos and  photographs  of  individuals
performing services in the course of the Company's production process.

   
                                ----------------
     CERTAIN  PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON  STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY, INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING  TRANSACTIONS,  SYNDICATE
SHORT  COVERING  TRANSACTIONS  AND  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR A  DESCRIPTION  OF THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
     
                                       2

<PAGE>
   

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed  information and financial statements and
notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.  Prospective  investors
should  consider  carefully  the  information  set forth under  "Risk  Factors."
Immediately prior to the Offering, Cunningham Graphics, Inc. (the "Predecessor")
will be reorganized  (the  "Reorganization")  such that the  stockholders of the
Predecessor will contribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Predecessor to CGII in exchange for shares of Common Stock and promissory  notes
(the  "Exchange  Notes")  in the  aggregate  principal  amount  of $2.4  million
(assuming an initial public  offering  price of $12.00 per share).  Concurrently
with the  Reorganization,  CGII will assume the  Predecessor's  obligations with
respect to  undistributed  subchapter S corporation  taxable  income through the
date of the Reorganization, estimated at $2.2 million, and will issue promissory
notes in such amount to evidence such obligations (the "Distribution Notes" and,
together with the Exchange Notes, the "Reorganization  Notes"). See "The Company
- --  The   Reorganization."   In   addition,   the  Company   will  acquire  (the
"Acquisition"),  in exchange for consideration  consisting of cash and shares of
Common  Stock,  all of the issued  share  capital of Roda Limited  ("Roda"),  an
English  corporation.  Unless  otherwise  indicated  or  the  context  otherwise
requires,  all  references  herein to the "Company"  mean the  Predecessor  with
respect to periods prior to the Offering or CGII and its subsidiaries (including
Roda) with respect to periods after the Offering. In addition,  unless otherwise
indicated,  (i) all  information in this  Prospectus  assumes no exercise of the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  and  (ii)  the  exchange  rate  used  for
conversion  from Pounds Sterling to United States Dollars is $1.68 (the exchange
rate in effect on March 27, 1998). 
    

                                  THE COMPANY
   

     Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc. provides a wide range of graphic
communications services to financial institutions and corporations,  focusing on
producing  and  distributing  time-sensitive  analytical  research and marketing
materials  and on providing  on-demand  printing  services.  The Company,  which
commenced operations in 1989, currently operates in select international markets
through its  facilities  in the United  States and through  alliances  with Roda
Limited,  its strategic  partner in the United  Kingdom,  and with its strategic
partner in Hong Kong.  The  Company is a major  producer of  financial  research
reports,  having produced over 2 billion pages during 1997. The Company provides
services, on a non-exclusive basis, to 13 of the top 20 investment banking firms
in the United States as ranked by Institutional Investor in October 1997.

     The Company  estimates  that in 1997 the  commercial  printing and document
production  market  accounted for more than $80 billion in revenue in the United
States  and over $10  billion  in  revenue  in the  United  Kingdom,  based upon
information  from certain trade  associations  and other industry  sources.  The
printing  and  document  management  business  in the  United  States  is highly
fragmented,  with approximately  40,000 companies  presently in operation,  only
approximately 5% of which are estimated to have annual net sales in excess of $5
million.  The  Company  believes  that  the  commercial  printing  and  document
production business is similarly fragmented in the United Kingdom and in certain
other  markets.  The  printing  and  document  management  industry  has evolved
significantly  over the  last  several  years,  driven  in  large  part by rapid
advances  in  publishing  and  electronic  information  technology.  The Company
believes  that the growth of the printing and document  production  industry has
been due to various factors, including (i) the increasing volume, complexity and
variety of documents and printed  materials  produced by  businesses  worldwide,
(ii) the increasing demand by businesses for the international  dissemination of
time-sensitive  information,  and  (iii)  the  growing  trend of  businesses  to
outsource their in-house printing  operations  (e.g.,  print shops, copy centers
and  document  management  facilities)  to  document  professionals  equipped to
provide these services more efficiently and cost-effectively.

     Graphic  communications  services  provided by the Company  include digital
communications,  document management,  offset printing,  digital printing,  data
output, bindery,  fulfillment services, mailing services and outsource services.
The  Company  prints  brochures,   booklets,   confirmations  of  trade,  client
statements and adhesive books to meet the daily, weekly and monthly needs of its
customers.  To facilitate  the rapid  distribution  of documents  globally,  the
Company has designed and  implemented  the World  Research  LinkTM,  an array of
electronic data communication  networks linking each of the Company's facilities
with its strategic operating partners and major customers.  To date, the Company
has established extensive non-exclusive client relationships     

                                       3

<PAGE>

   
with leading  companies in the  financial  services,  insurance  and  publishing
industries,  providing certain of the printing and graphic  communications needs
of Credit Suisse First Boston  Corporation,  Deutsche Morgan Grenfell,  Goldman,
Sachs & Co.,  Lehman  Brothers  Inc.,  Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., The Prudential
Insurance  Company of America,  Empire  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield,  New York Life
Insurance Company, and The McGraw-Hill Company, among others.

     The Company has experienced significant growth, with net sales growing from
$17.3  million  for the year ended  December  31, 1995 to $35.7  million  ($42.7
million pro forma for the  Acquisition) for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
income  from  operations  growing  over the same  period  from  $528,000 to $2.4
million ($3.2 million pro forma for the  Acquisition),  representing  compounded
annual growth rates of 43.6% and 113.2%,  respectively. A significant portion of
this growth is attributable to the  assimilation  of certain  in-house  printing
operations  of  Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and Empire  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield.  The
Company intends to continue its growth strategy by (i) pursuing acquisitions and
establishing strategic alliances to expand and strengthen the Company's business
reach in target  markets  worldwide,  (ii)  pursuing  outsourcing  opportunities
through  the  assimilation  of  in-house  printing   operations  of  third-party
businesses,  (iii)  expanding  the scope and volume of  services  offered,  (iv)
actively  cross-selling  existing  or  newly-added  products  or services to its
customers worldwide,  and (v) improving the operating efficiency of its existing
operations.  Pursuant to its growth strategy,  concurrently  with the closing of
the Offering,  the Company will acquire its London-based strategic partner Roda.
Roda provides printing and document output and management  services to financial
services companies, primarily in the United Kingdom and European markets.     

     The  Company's  senior  officers have  extensive  experience in the graphic
communications  services  industry,  having been  employed by the Company for an
average of approximately 6 years and having an average of approximately 19 years
of industry  experience.  The Company's Chairman,  President and Chief Executive
Officer,  Michael R.  Cunningham,  founded  the  Company  and has been  actively
involved in the industry for over 15 years.  The Company believes that, based on
the proven track record of its experienced management team and the wide range of
services it provides,  it is  well-positioned  to capitalize  on the  increasing
outsourcing trend as well as on consolidation opportunities in the industry.

                                 THE OFFERING

Common Stock offered.......   2,100,000 shares

Common Stock to be outstanding
 after the Offering........   4,865,000 shares(1)(2)

   
Use of proceeds............  Of  the  total  net  proceeds  from  the  Offering,
                             approximately $6.1 million will be used to fund the
                             cash portion of the purchase  price for Roda,  $1.4
                             million will be used to repay certain  indebtedness
                             of  Roda  to its  stockholders  (the  "Roda  Seller
                             Debt"),  $4.6 million  (assuming an initial  public
                             offering price of $12.00 per share) will be used to
                             repay  the  Reorganization  Notes,  representing  a
                             portion   of  the   total   consideration   in  the
                             Reorganization  to  stockholders of the Predecessor
                             and undistributed S corporation taxable income upon
                             which such  stockholders  have  already paid taxes,
                             and up to $2.4  million  will be used to repay bank
                             indebtedness.  The  remaining  net proceeds will be
                             used for working capital and for general  corporate
                             purposes,  which may include capital  expenditures,
                             marketing    activities   and   future    strategic
                             acquisitions.
    

Proposed Nasdaq symbol.....   CGII

   

- ----------
(1) Includes  shares  of  Common  Stock  to be  issued  in  connection  with the
    Reorganization and the Acquisition.

(2) Does not  include  600,000  shares of Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance
    pursuant  to the  Company's  stock  option  plans,  under  which  options to
    purchase  305,700 shares have been granted at an exercise price equal to the
    initial public offering price, subject to consummation of the Offering.  See
    "Management -- Stock Option Plans."
    

                                       4

<PAGE>
                            SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     The following  summary  financial  data is qualified in its entirety by the
more detailed information in the financial statements of the Predecessor and the
related notes thereto,  the  consolidated  financial  statements of Roda and the
related  notes  thereto  and  the  pro  forma  financial  information  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1994       1995       1996                      1997
                                                    ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------------------------------------
                                                                                            ACTUAL            PRO FORMA(1)
                                                                                     -------------------- --------------------
                                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>                  <C>
 STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
 Net sales ........................................  $15,927    $17,327    $23,193      $     35,744         $     42,705
 Operating expenses:
  Costs of production .............................   12,085     12,860     17,616            26,894               31,187
  Selling, general and administrative .............    3,151      3,441      4,270             5,794                7,212
  Depreciation and amortization ...................      448        498        563               694                1,114
                                                     -------    -------    -------      ------------         ------------
                                                      15,684     16,799     22,449            33,382               39,513
                                                     -------    -------    -------      ------------         ------------
 Income from operations ...........................      243        528        744             2,362                3,192
  Interest expense ................................     (173)      (257)      (234)             (250)                (595)
  Other income ....................................       --          2         48                35                  121
                                                     -------    -------    -------      ------------         ------------
 Income before income taxes .......................       70        273        558             2,147                2,718
  Provision for income taxes ......................        7          6         56               129                  394
                                                     -------    -------    -------      ------------         ------------
 Net income .......................................  $    63    $   267    $   502      $      2,018         $      2,324
                                                     =======    =======    =======      ============         ============
 PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED):
 Income before income taxes .......................                                     $      2,147         $      2,718
  Pro forma provision for income taxes ............                                              880 (2)             1,142 (3)
                                                                                        ------------         ------------
 Pro forma net income .............................                                     $      1,267         $      1,576
                                                                                        ============         ============
 Pro forma earnings per share .....................                                     $       0.43         $       0.43
                                                                                        ============         ============
 Pro forma shares outstanding .....................                                        2,978,594 (4)        3,657,552 (5)
                                                                                        ============         ============
 Pro forma as adjusted net income .................                                                          $      1,674 (6)
                                                                                                             ============
 Pro forma as adjusted earnings per share .........                                                          $       0.40
                                                                                                             ============
 Pro forma as adjusted shares outstanding .........                                                             4,189,469 (7)
                                                                                                             ============
</TABLE>
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                            ---------------------------
                                                                                           PRO FORMA
                                                                              ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                                            ---------   ---------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................    $    67        $ 8,447
Working capital .........................................................        728          8,703
Total assets ............................................................     10,938         33,367
Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion       1,517          2,179
Stockholders' equity ....................................................      3,151         21,765
</TABLE>

                                               (See footnotes on following page)

                                       5
<PAGE>
(footnotes from previous page)

(1) Gives effect to the  Reorganization  and the Acquisition as if they each had
    occurred on January 1, 1997. See the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined  Financial
    Statements.

(2) Reflects an increase of $751,000  for income  taxes  computed  utilizing  an
    overall effective tax rate of 41% as if the Company had been a C corporation
    since January 1, 1997.

(3) Reflects a pro forma  provision for income taxes for the Company and Roda on
    a combined  basis computed  utilizing  effective tax rates of 41% for United
    States income taxes and 31% for United Kingdom income taxes.

   
(4) Reflects (i) the initial CGII founding  share,  (ii) 2,595,260  shares to be
    issued in the  Reorganization,  and (iii) 383,333 shares,  representing  the
    number  of shares  having a value  (based  upon an  assumed  initial  public
    offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to the principal amount of
    the Reorganization Notes.

(5) Reflects (i) the shares described in footnote (4) above, (ii) 169,739 shares
    issuable in  connection  with the  Acquisition,  and (iii)  509,219  shares,
    representing  the  number of shares  having a value  (based  upon an assumed
    initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to the $6.1
    million  liability for cash payable to the Roda  stockholders  in connection
    with the Acquisition.

(6) Reflects the  elimination  of interest  expense of $142,000  ($98,000 net of
    taxes) on the Roda Seller Debt of approximately $1.4 million (Pounds850,000)
    to be repaid  through the  application of a portion of the net proceeds from
    the Offering as if such  repayment had occurred on January 1, 1997. See "The
    Company -- The Roda Acquisition" and "Use of Proceeds."

(7) Reflects (i) the shares  described in footnote (5) above and (ii) 531,917 of
    the additional  shares to be sold in the Offering,  representing the portion
    of the shares  being sold in the  Offering in order to  generate  sufficient
    proceeds necessary to (a) repay the $1.4 million (Pounds850,000) Roda Seller
    Debt, (b) repay $2.4 million of bank indebtedness of the Company and (c) pay
    underwriting discounts and expenses of the entire Offering. See "The Company
    -- The Reorganization" and "Use of Proceeds."

(8) Gives  effect  to the  following  transactions  as if they had  occurred  on
    December 31, 1997: (i) the Reorganization;  (ii) the Acquisition;  and (iii)
    the sale of 2,100,000  shares of Common Stock offered  hereby and the use of
    the  net  proceeds   therefrom,   including:   (a)  the   repayment  of  the
    Reorganization  Notes,  (b) the  satisfaction  of the liability for the cash
    payable to the Roda stockholders of $6.1 million (assuming an initial public
    offering  price of $12.00 per share),  (c) the  repayment of the Roda Seller
    Debt,  and (d) the repayment of $2.4 million of bank  indebtedness.  See the
    Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and "Use of Proceeds."
    
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS

   
     An  investment  in the  shares  of  Common  Stock  being  offered  by  this
Prospectus involves a high degree of risk. In addition, this Prospectus contains
forward-looking  statements which involve risks and  uncertainties.  Discussions
containing  such  forward-looking  statements  may be found in the  material set
forth under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors,"  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations,"  "Business  --
Industry  Background,"  "Business  --  Business  Strategy,"  Business -- Graphic
Communications  Services,"  "Business  --  Printing  Operations,"  "Business  --
International  Network,"  "Business -- Sales and  Marketing,"  and  "Business --
Competition,"  as well as in this  Prospectus  generally.  The Company's  actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated in these  forward-looking
statements  as a result of  various  factors,  including  those set forth in the
following   risk  factors  and  elsewhere  in  this   Prospectus.   Accordingly,
prospective  investors should consider carefully the following risk factors,  in
addition  to the other  information  concerning  the  Company  and its  business
contained  in this  Prospectus,  before  purchasing  the shares of Common  Stock
offered hereby.     

RELIANCE ON LIMITED NUMBER OF CUSTOMERS

   
     The Company's five largest customers accounted for approximately 65% of its
net sales for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Company's  largest customer,
Goldman, Sachs & Co., has contracted with the Company for the Company to provide
certain print-related  products and services through December 30, 1999. Goldman,
Sachs & Co.  accounted for  approximately  24% of the Company's net sales during
1997. Although the Company has had long-term relationships with Goldman, Sachs &
Co. and its other significant  customers,  the Company's customers generally may
terminate their  relationships  with the Company upon minimal,  if any,  advance
notice and there can be no assurance that these relationships will continue. The
termination  of the  relationships  with any one or more  significant  customers
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.  In addition, there has been a trend toward
consolidation  in the financial  services  industry and a merger or  acquisition
involving any of the Company's  principal customers resulting in the termination
of such a relationship could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Sales and Marketing."     

DEPENDENCE ON FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY

     To date, the Company has focused the marketing of its services primarily on
companies  within the  financial  services  industry and the Company  expects to
continue this focus.  As a result,  the Company's  results of operations will be
particularly  sensitive  to  fluctuations  in the economy or  financial  markets
affecting this industry.  Any event adversely  affecting the financial  services
industry could adversely affect the Company. The Company's success in increasing
its revenues  will also depend,  in part, on its ability to attract new business
from  customers  outside the financial  services  industry.  No assurance can be
given that the  Company  will be  successful  in  attracting  new  customers  in
different industries.

INTEGRATION OF RODA

     Following the Acquisition, the success of the Company will depend, in part,
on the Company's ability to centralize accounting and administrative systems and
eliminate  unnecessary  duplication of functions.  Although  Roda's  business is
similar to a portion of the businesses  conducted by the Company's  Predecessor,
Roda  operates  in a foreign  market  that is  distinct  from the  Predecessor's
market.  There are differences in technologies,  cultural and business  customs,
applicable  laws,  operating  and labor matters and  currencies  that will place
substantial strains upon the Company's ability to integrate the business of Roda
into its  existing  business.  In  addition,  management  of the  Company has no
experience  in  operating  facilities  that are  outside  the  United  States or
geographically  separated.  No assurance can be given that the Company's  senior
management  group will be able to  integrate  and manage  effectively  the newly
acquired operations of Roda. Roda's printing operations in London have, to date,
been

                                       7

<PAGE>
conducted  independently of the Company,  as a separate business.  Consequently,
there can be no assurance  that  operating  results of the Company will match or
exceed the combined individual operating results achieved by the Predecessor and
Roda prior to the Acquisition.

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY'S EXPANSION STRATEGY

     The  Company  intends  to  seek  to  expand  its  operations   through  the
acquisition  of  additional  businesses  which provide  commercial,  digital and
time-sensitive  printing  services and through the expansion of its  outsourcing
business by assimilating  additional customers' document management  operations.
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  identify,
successfully  integrate or profitably  manage any such businesses or operations.
The proposed expansion may involve a number of special risks, including possible
adverse effects on the Company's  operating  results,  diversion of management's
attention,   inability  to  retain  key   personnel,   risks   associated   with
unanticipated  events and the financial statement effect of potential impairment
of acquired intangible assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of operations.  In
addition,  if competition for acquisition  candidates or assumed operations were
to increase,  the cost of acquiring businesses or assuming customers' operations
could increase materially.  The inability of the Company to implement and manage
its expansion  strategy  successfully  may have a material adverse effect on the
business  and  future  prospects  of the  Company.  See  "Business  --  Business
Strategy."

MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

     The Company is  continuing  to  experience  significant  growth,  which has
placed,  and could continue to place,  a strain on the Company's  managerial and
other  resources.  From  December 1995 through  January 1998,  the number of the
Company's  employees  increased  from  186  to 370  and  further  increases  are
anticipated during 1998. The Company's future performance and profitability will
depend,  in large part, on its ability to manage its growth,  particularly  with
respect to a workforce that is  geographically  dispersed,  while  continuing to
integrate  the  operations  of  additional  companies  and to expand its current
business.  In order to manage growth successfully,  the Company will be required
to continue to improve its operational, financial and other internal systems and
the training,  motivation  and  management of its  employees.  If the Company is
unable to manage growth effectively, the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING

     The Company will need  additional  funds to implement its  acquisition  and
internal  growth  strategies.  If the  Company  does  not have  sufficient  cash
resources,  its growth could be limited  unless it is able to obtain  additional
capital through additional debt or equity financings.  Moreover, the Company may
seek to use its  Common  Stock for all or a portion of the  consideration  to be
paid in future  acquisitions,  the  issuance  of which may result in dilution to
investors  in the  Offering.  The  extent to which the  Company  will be able or
willing to use its Common Stock for this purpose will depend on its market value
from time to time and the  willingness  of potential  acquisition  candidates to
accept  Common  Stock  as  part of the  consideration  for  the  sale  of  their
businesses.  If the  Company  is unable to use its Common  Stock to make  future
acquisitions,  the Company may be required to use more of its cash resources, if
available,  to initiate and maintain its  acquisition  program.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  obtain  additional  financing  as
needed.  As a result,  the Company might be unable to implement its  acquisition
strategy,  which would have a material adverse effect on the future prospects of
the Company. See "Business -- Business Strategy."

   
     The Company has a $2.0  million  revolving  line of credit from Summit Bank
under which $400,000 was  outstanding as of March 24, 1998. The Company plans to
draw an  additional  $1.4  million  under this line of credit prior to April 15,
1998 in order to make a  distribution  to  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  to
enable them to pay taxes on  undistributed  S corporation  income for 1997.  The
Company  intends  to use the  line of  credit  for  working  capital,  equipment
purchases and other general  corporate  purposes.  The Company's  line of credit
expires on May 30, 1998. Although the Company intends to seek to renew     

                                       8

<PAGE>
   
and, if possible,  increase the line, no assurance can be given that the line of
credit will be renewed or  increased  or that it will be renewed or increased on
terms that are acceptable to the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance
that this or any future  line of credit  will be  sufficient  for the  Company's
needs or that the Company will be able to obtain  other  financing on terms that
are acceptable to the Company. See "Business -- Business Strategy."     

RISK OF INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

     On a pro forma  basis  after  giving  effect to the  Acquisition,  sales to
customers  outside  the  United  States  would  have  accounted  for  16% of the
Company's  net  sales in the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and the  Company
anticipates  that foreign  sales will account for a  significant  portion of net
sales in the foreseeable future.  Risks inherent in the Company's  international
business activities include the fluctuation of currency exchange rates,  various
and changing  regulatory  requirements,  increased sales and marketing expenses,
political and economic instability,  difficulty in staffing and managing foreign
operations, potentially adverse taxes, complex foreign laws and treaties and the
possibility of difficulty in accounts  receivable  collections.  There can be no
assurance  that any of these factors will not have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

DEPENDENCE ON TECHNOLOGY; RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL OBSOLESCENCE

     The  success of the  Company  will be highly  dependent  on its  ability to
acquire  and  utilize  competitive   computer  output  and  document  production
technologies  that are not readily  available on a  cost-effective  basis to the
Company's existing and potential  customers,  thereby creating the incentive for
such customers to outsource  various services to the Company.  Increasing use of
the Internet and other  electronic  means of  delivering  information  which has
traditionally  been  delivered  in paper  form  could  substantially  erode  the
Company's core business of printing financial research reports.  There can be no
assurance that one or more non-paper-based technologies (whether now existing or
developed in the future)  will not reduce or supplant  the physical  delivery of
documents as a preferred medium for the Company's customers, which could in turn
adversely  affect  the  Company's   business.   The  emergence  of  services  by
competitors of the Company  incorporating new technologies  could render some or
all  of  the  Company's  services  unmarketable  or  obsolete.  There  can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to obtain the rights to use any such new
technologies,   that  it  will  be  able  to  implement   effectively  such  new
technologies on a cost-effective  basis or that new technologies will not render
noncompetitive  or obsolete the Company's role as a provider of computer  output
and  document   management   services.   In  addition,   in  order  to  maintain
state-of-the-art technologies, the Company will have to make significant capital
expenditures,  which will  require the Company to obtain  additional  financing.
There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be able  to  obtain  such
additional financing. See "Business -- Graphic Communications Services."

VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS

     The Company's quarterly operating results have been and will continue to be
subject to variation,  depending  upon factors such as the mix of business among
the  Company's   services,   the  cost  of  materials,   labor  and  technology,
particularly  in connection  with the delivery of business  services,  the costs
associated with initiating new outsourcing contracts,  the economic condition of
the Company's target markets,  seasonal  concerns and the costs of acquiring and
integrating new businesses.  Although most of the Company's  long-term contracts
for the  provision  of business  services  provide for  pricing  adjustments  to
reflect the actual costs of materials incurred by the Company, these adjustments
typically  occur on a  quarterly  and  annual  basis  and  therefore  may add to
fluctuations in quarterly and annual operating results of the Company.

RISK OF BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS AND DEPENDENCE ON SINGLE FACILITIES FOR CERTAIN
SERVICES

     The Company's  business is particularly  sensitive to meeting deadlines and
performing  services for numerous clients on an overnight basis.  Certain of the
Company's  existing  operations  are performed  exclusively at either its Jersey
City or Manhattan locations and such operations are dependent on the

                                       9

<PAGE>
availability of continuous  computer,  electrical and telephone service.  All of
Roda's operations are performed at its single London location.  As a result, any
disruption of day-to-day  operations  could have a material  adverse effect upon
the  Company.  While  the  Company  has,  and  intends  to  develop  additional,
reciprocal  relationships with major printing and document production  companies
in  locations  elsewhere  in the  United  States  and near  London  for  back-up
facilities in the event of emergencies,  there can be no assurance that the loss
or disruption of any services affecting one or more of the Company's  facilities
would not disable the Company,  at least  temporarily.  Any  interruption in its
ability to provide  services,  however brief,  could result in the Company being
unable to satisfy the needs of clients and could adversely  affect the Company's
business  and its  reputation  within the  industry.  See  "Business  -- Graphic
Communications Services," "-- Printing Operations" and "-- Facilities."

BENEFITS TO INSIDERS

   
     The  Company  will use $4.6  million of the net  proceeds  of the  Offering
(assuming  an initial  public  offering  price of $12.00 per share) to repay the
Reorganization  Notes,  which represent a portion of the total  consideration in
the   Reorganization  to  the  stockholders  of  the  Predecessor,   Michael  R.
Cunningham,  Gordon  Mays,  Timothy  Mays and  trusts  for the  benefit of their
respective  children,  and undistributed S corporation taxable income upon which
such  stockholders  have already paid taxes. All three individuals are executive
officers of the Company.  Mr.  Cunningham  and Gordon Mays are also directors of
the Company.  The representations and warranties made by the stockholders of the
Predecessor  to the Company in connection  with the  Reorganization  are limited
generally to their  ownership of the equity  interests being conveyed and do not
cover  undisclosed  liabilities or other matters  relating to the  Predecessor's
business.  Accordingly,  the Company will have only limited recourse against the
stockholders   of  the   Predecessor.   Despite  the  limited   scope  of  these
representations,  those  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  who have  signed the
Registration  Statement  of which this  Prospectus  is a part will have  certain
responsibilities to purchasers of the Common Stock in accordance with the United
States  securities  laws.  See  "The  Company  -- The  Reorganization,"  "Use of
Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions -- The Reorganization."     

COMPETITION

     The graphic communications services industry is highly competitive. In each
of the lines of  business in which the Company  provides  services,  it competes
with a variety of  companies,  many of which have  greater  financial  and other
resources  than  the  Company,  or  are  subsidiaries  or  divisions  of  larger
organizations. In particular, the industry is characterized by a small number of
large, dominant organizations.  No assurances can be given that the Company will
be able to compete  effectively  against the larger  companies in this industry.
During recent periods of economic  downturn,  excess production  capacity in the
Company's  business sectors has resulted in more competitive  pricing,  reducing
the earnings of the Company. In addition, a significant source of competition is
the in-house  capability of the Company's  target customer base. There can be no
assurance  that these  businesses  will  outsource  more of their  printing  and
document  management  needs or that such  businesses  will continue to seek such
outsourcing services. See "Business -- Competition."

FLUCTUATIONS IN THE PRICE AND AVAILABILITY OF SUPPLIES

     Prices for paper and other raw  materials  used by the Company may increase
from time to time in the  future.  Any  significant  increases  in the prices of
these  materials  that  cannot be passed on to  customers  could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations. In addition, increases in the prices of supplies and other materials
might cause some of the Company's customers to utilize alternative  technologies
in their respective businesses that do not involve the use of paper or the mail,
such as the Internet. Although the Company purchases raw materials from a varied
group of  suppliers,  it is dependent  upon a stable  availability  of paper and
other supplies to continue its operations.  Should shortages  develop either for
any of the Company's  suppliers or generally  within the  industry,  the Company
would be unable to  produce  printed  materials  on a  consistent  basis and its
business would be materially adversely affected.

                                       10

<PAGE>
RELIANCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT

     The  Company's  operations  will  continue to be dependent on the continued
services of its executive officers,  including the senior management of Roda and
additional  senior  management  personnel  which the Company  intends to employ.
Furthermore,  the Company will likely be dependent on the senior  management  of
any  companies  that may be acquired in the future.  The Company has  employment
agreements with each of its senior executive officers.  However, if any of these
individuals  elect not to continue in their  roles with the  Company,  or if the
Company  is unable to  attract  and  retain  senior  management,  the  Company's
business could be adversely  affected.  The Company maintains key executive life
insurance for Michael R. Cunningham,  its President and Chief Executive Officer,
in the amount of $3.0 million. See "Management."

NEED TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN KEY PERSONNEL IN HIGHLY COMPETITIVE MARKETPLACE;
LABOR DELAYS

     The Company's  performance will depend, to a large extent, on the continued
service  of key  technical  employees  and its  ability to  attract,  retain and
motivate such personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, particularly
for highly skilled and experienced technical personnel who perform the Company's
information  technology  services.  Such technical personnel are in great demand
and are likely to remain a limited  resource for the foreseeable  future.  There
can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will be able to  attract,  retain  and
motivate such  personnel in the future,  and the inability to do so could have a
material  adverse effect upon the Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.  In addition,  a strike or other  labor-related  delay or
stoppage  could have a material  adverse  effect  upon the  Company's  business,
operations and financial condition.

ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS; GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS

     The Company's business is subject to a variety of federal,  state and local
laws, rules and regulations.  Its production facilities in the United States are
governed by laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health,
primarily the  Occupational  Safety and Health Act ("OSHA") and the  regulations
promulgated  thereunder.  Comparable  laws and  regulations  exist in the United
Kingdom,  in  particular,  the Health  and Safety at Work etc.  Act 1974 and the
numerous  regulations  issued  under  it.  The  Company  believes  that it is in
substantial compliance with OSHA and its United Kingdom counterparts.

     The Company is also subject to  environmental  laws and  regulations of the
United  States,  the United  Kingdom and the various States in which it operates
concerning emissions into the air, discharges into waterways and the generation,
handling  and  disposal of waste  materials.  The  printing  business  generates
substantial  quantities  of inks,  solvents and other waste  products  requiring
disposal.  The Company  typically  recycles  waste paper,  and contracts for the
removal of waste ink and other waste  products.  The  Company  believes it is in
substantial compliance with all applicable air quality, waste disposal and other
environmental-related  laws and regulations.  However, there can be no assurance
that  future  changes  in such  laws and  regulations  will not have a  material
adverse effect on the Company's operations.

CONTROL BY CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS

   
     Following the completion of the Offering, the directors and other executive
officers of the Company,  and entities  affiliated with them, will  beneficially
own approximately 57.3% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (53.9% if
the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is exercised  in full).  Accordingly,
present management of the Company is likely to continue to exercise  substantial
control over the Company's affairs. These stockholders,  acting together,  would
be able to elect a sufficient number of directors to control the Company's Board
of Directors and would be able to approve or disapprove any matter  submitted to
a vote of stockholders. In addition, because the Company has adopted a staggered
Board of Directors,  stockholders  will be less able to alter the composition of
the Board of Directors. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Capital
Stock -- Staggered Board of Directors."     

                                       11

<PAGE>
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET AND DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

   
     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock,  and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained.  The initial public offering price for the Common Stock offered
hereby  will  be  determined  by  negotiations   between  the  Company  and  the
Underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which the Common Stock
will trade after completion of the Offering.  See  "Underwriting" for factors to
be considered in determining such offering price.
    

POTENTIAL EFFECTS OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON PRICE OF COMMON STOCK

   
     Upon  the  consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the  Acquisition  and the
Offering,  4,865,000  shares of Common Stock will be outstanding.  The 2,100,000
shares of Common Stock being sold in the Offering will be freely tradable unless
acquired by affiliates of the Company.  The remaining shares  outstanding may be
sold publicly only following their effective  registration  under the Securities
Act,  or  pursuant  to an  available  exemption  (such as  provided  by Rule 144
following  a  holding  period  for  previously  unregistered  shares)  from  the
registration  requirements of the Securities  Act. Upon the  consummation of the
Offering, the Company will have outstanding under its stock option plans options
to purchase an aggregate of 305,700 shares of Common Stock at the initial public
offering  price.  The  Company  intends to  register  the shares  issuable  upon
exercise  of  options  granted  under the stock  option  plans,  and,  upon such
registration,  such shares will be eligible for resale in the public market. See
"Management  -- Stock  Option  Plans."  The  Company,  the  stockholders  of the
Predecessor  and the  officers  and  directors  of the Company have agreed for a
period of 180 days from the  consummation of the Offering not to offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of any shares of Common Stock (or any securities  convertible
into or  exercisable or  exchangeable  for Common Stock) or grant any options or
warrants  to  purchase  any shares of Common  Stock  without  the prior  written
consent of Schroder & Co. Inc.  on behalf of the  Underwriters,  except that the
Company  may grant  options  pursuant  to its stock  option  plans and may issue
privately  placed shares of Common Stock in  connection  with  acquisitions  and
pursuant to the Company's  stock option plans.  See "Shares  Eligible For Future
Sale."  Sales of a  substantial  number of shares of Common  Stock in the public
market could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.

    
DILUTION

     Investors  purchasing  shares  of the  Common  Stock in the  Offering  will
experience  immediate and  substantial  dilution of $9.76 per share (assuming an
initial  public  offering  price of $12.00 per share) in the net  tangible  book
value of their shares. See "Dilution."

EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

     The Board of  Directors  of the Company is  empowered to issue common stock
and  preferred  stock  without   stockholder   action.  The  existence  of  this
"blank-check"  common stock and preferred  stock could render more  difficult or
discourage  an  attempt to obtain  control  of the  Company by means of a tender
offer,  merger,  proxy  contest  or  otherwise  and  may  adversely  affect  the
prevailing  market price of the Common Stock. The Company currently has no plans
to issue any such  securities,  other  than the  Common  Stock  being  issued in
connection with the Reorganization,  the Offering and the Acquisition.  See "The
Company -- The  Reorganization" and "- The Roda Acquisition" and "Description of
Capital  Stock."  In  addition,  the  New  Jersey  Shareholders  Protection  Act
prohibits  certain  persons  from  engaging  in business  combinations  with the
Company. See "Description of Capital Stock."

POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     The market  price of the Common  Stock  offered  hereby could be subject to
significant  fluctuations in response to various  factors and events,  including
the liquidity of the market for the securities offered hereby, variations in the
Company's  operating  results,  new  statutes  or  government  regulations.   In
addition,  the stock  market in recent  years has  experienced  broad  price and
volume

                                       12

<PAGE>
fluctuations  that often have been  unrelated to the  operating  performance  of
particular  companies.  Such market  fluctuations  also may adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that
the market price of the Common Stock will not decline  below the initial  public
offering price.

DIVIDEND POLICY

   
     The Company  expects to retain any earnings to finance the  operations  and
expansion of the Company's  business.  The Company's  existing Loan and Security
Agreement  with Summit  Bank may,  under  certain  circumstances,  restrict  the
Company's ability to pay dividends. Moreover, any additional debt financing that
the  Company  arranges  in the  future is  likely to  restrict  the  payment  of
dividends.  Therefore,  the payment of any cash dividends on the Common Stock is
unlikely in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."     

                                       13

<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY

GENERAL

   
     The Predecessor  commenced operations in 1989. The Company was incorporated
in New Jersey in January 1998 in contemplation of the Offering and to effect the
Reorganization. The Company's executive offices are located at 629 Grove Street,
Jersey City, New Jersey 07310 and its telephone number is (201) 217-1990.     

THE REORGANIZATION

   
     Immediately prior to the Offering, the Predecessor will be reorganized such
that the  stockholders of the Predecessor will contribute all of the outstanding
shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor  to CGII in exchange  for a total of
2,595,260 shares of Common Stock and the Exchange Notes.  Upon completion of the
Reorganization, CGII will have 2,595,261 shares of Common Stock outstanding. The
principal amount of the Exchange Notes will be $2.4 million, assuming an initial
public  offering price of $12.00 per share and will be subject to adjustment for
any  change  in  the  initial  public  offering  price.  Concurrently  with  the
Reorganization,  CGII will assume the Predecessor's  obligations with respect to
undistributed   S   corporation   taxable   income   through  the  date  of  the
Reorganization,  estimated to total $2.2  million,  and will issue  Distribution
Notes in such amount to evidence such  obligations.  The principal amount of the
Exchange   Notes  was   determined  by  the  Company  in  connection   with  the
Reorganization  based  on a  number  of  factors,  including  the  value  of the
enterprise  contributed to the Company. The principal amount of the Distribution
Notes  was   determined   by  the  Company  based  upon  the  actual  amount  of
undistributed  S  corporation  taxable  income as of  December  31, 1997 and the
anticipated  additional  undistributed  S corporation  taxable income during the
period  January 1, 1998 through the  expected  date of the  Reorganization.  The
Company intends to repay the  Reorganization  Notes from the net proceeds of the
Offering.  The  representations  and warranties made by the  stockholders of the
Predecessor  to the Company in connection  with the  Reorganization  are limited
generally to their  ownership of the equity  interests being conveyed and do not
cover  undisclosed  liabilities or other matters  relating to the  Predecessor's
business.  Accordingly,  the Company will have only limited recourse against the
stockholders  of the  Predecessor.  See "Risk  Factors -- Benefits to Insiders,"
"Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions -- The Reorganization."
    

THE RODA ACQUISITION

   
     The Company will  acquire 100% of the share  capital of Roda in two stages.
Concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, the Company will acquire all
of the issued  ordinary  share  capital of Roda  pursuant to an agreement  dated
January 16, 1998, as amended (the "Roda  Purchase  Agreement")  for an aggregate
consideration of approximately $6.1 million. The $6.1 million consideration will
be satisfied by (i) the delivery of 169,739  shares of Common Stock,  which will
be valued at the initial public offering price,  and (ii) a cash payment for the
balance of the consideration ($4.3 million,  assuming an initial public offering
price of $12.00 per share). In addition,  upon consummation of the Offering, the
Company will deliver into escrow $1.8 million, representing the total redemption
price of all of the issued preference share capital of Roda. The Company has the
right to redeem, and intends to redeem, such preference shares on June 30, 1998.
The Company may be  required by the holders of the  preference  shares to redeem
such shares prior to June 30, 1998. The amount in escrow will be used to pay the
redemption price upon such redemption.

     In addition to the  consideration  for the  ordinary and  preference  share
capital,  Roda's  outstanding  indebtedness  will be reflected on the  Company's
consolidated  balance sheet from and after the  consummation of the Acquisition.
As of December 31, 1997,  Roda had  approximately  $4.3 million of  indebtedness
outstanding,  including  the  Roda  Seller  Debt.  Under  the  terms of the Roda
Purchase Agreement,  the Company has committed to cause Roda to repay the entire
$1.4 million  (Pounds850,000)  of the Roda Seller Debt within 28 days  following
the closing. The Company intends to repay the Roda Seller Debt from the proceeds
of the Offering. In order to secure the performance by the selling     

                                       14
<PAGE>
   
stockholders   of  Roda  of   certain   warranties   and   covenants,   $462,000
(Pounds275,000)  of the cash portion of the consideration will be held in escrow
until one year following the closing.  The  obligations of the parties under the
Roda Purchase Agreement are contingent upon the closing of the Offering.

     Roda  provides  printing and  document  output and  management  services to
financial  services  companies  primarily  in the United  Kingdom  and  European
markets,  and has been a strategic partner in the World Research Link(TM).  Upon
completion of the Offering and the Acquisition,  Roda will become a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company and its day-to-day  operations in London will continue
to be supervised by its current management team. Peter L. Furlonge, who has been
a senior executive  officer of Roda since 1989, and its chief executive  officer
since 1995, is continuing in such capacity pursuant to an employment  agreement.
Two other key employees of Roda will also enter into employment  agreements with
Roda  incidental to the  Acquisition.  See  "Business -- Graphic  Communications
Services" and "-- International Network."     

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
   
     The net  proceeds to the Company  from the  Offering  are  estimated  to be
approximately  $22.6 million ($26.2 million if the Underwriters'  over-allotment
option is  exercised  in full),  assuming an initial  public  offering  price of
$12.00 per share.  Of this  amount,  approximately  $6.1  million  (assuming  an
initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) will be used to fund the cash
portion of the consideration for the acquisition of Roda, and approximately $1.4
million  (Pounds850,000)  will be used to repay the Roda Seller  Debt.  See "The
Company -- The Roda  Acquisition."  The Roda Seller Debt, which has no specified
maturity  date,   bears  interest  at  the  rate  of  10%  per  annum,   payable
semi-annually.  Pursuant to the Roda Purchase Agreement,  the Company has agreed
to cause Roda to repay the Roda Seller Debt within 28 days following the closing
of the  Acquisition.  In  addition,  the  Company  expects  to use $4.6  million
(assuming  an initial  public  offering  price of $12.00 per share) to repay the
Reorganization  Notes,  representing  a  portion  of  the  consideration  in the
Reorganization  to the  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  and  undistributed  S
corporation  taxable  income upon which they have already  paid taxes.  See "The
Company -- The  Reorganization."  The Reorganization  Notes bear no interest and
have no specified  maturity  date.  The Company also intends to repay up to $1.0
million of  indebtedness  to Summit  Bank under its term loan and  approximately
$1.4 of  indebtedness  to  Summit  Bank  under  its  revolving  line of  credit,
representing the expected outstanding balance under the line of credit as of the
consummation  of the Offering.  The  Predecessor  intends to draw down such $1.4
million  under  the line of credit  prior to April  15,  1998 in order to make a
distribution  to stockholders of the Predecessor to enable them to pay taxes due
on April 15, 1998 on undistributed S corporation  income for 1997. The term loan
bears  interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum and matures on December 1, 2001. The
revolving  line of credit bears  interest at a floating  rate equal to the prime
rate and matures on May 30, 1998.  The  remaining  net proceeds of the Offering,
estimated to be approximately $8.1 million, will be used for working capital and
general corporate purposes,  which may include capital  expenditures,  marketing
activities and strategic acquisitions. The Company currently has no agreement or
understanding  with respect to any future  acquisitions.  Pending the use of the
net  proceeds,  the Company will invest the net proceeds in  short-term,  United
States government securities.     

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     Following  the Offering,  it will be the policy of the  Company's  Board of
Directors to retain all future  earnings to finance the  operation and expansion
of  the  Company's  business.  Accordingly,  the  Company  does  not  anticipate
declaring  or paying  cash  dividends  on the  Common  Stock in the  foreseeable
future.  The  payment  of cash  dividends  in the  future  will  be at the  sole
discretion of the  Company's  Board of Directors and will depend on, among other
things, the Company's  earnings,  operations,  capital  requirements,  financial
condition, restrictions in then existing financing agreements, and other factors
deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.  In addition,  the Company's existing
Loan and Security  Agreement with Summit Bank may, under certain  circumstances,
restrict the Company's ability to pay dividends.

                                       15

<PAGE>
   
     Prior to the  Reorganization,  the  Predecessor  has been an S  corporation
within the meaning of  (section)1361  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended (the "Code"),  making  distributions  to its  stockholders in respect of
income which was taxable to such stockholders under the applicable provisions of
the Code. In  connection  with the  Reorganization,  the Company will pay to the
stockholders of the Predecessor the amounts of their respective  undistributed S
corporation taxable income through the anticipated date of the Reorganization by
delivery of the Distribution  Notes. See "The Company -- The  Reorganization." A
portion  of the  net  proceeds  of the  Offering  will  be  used  to  repay  the
Distribution Notes. See "Use of Proceeds."     










                                       16
<PAGE>
                                CAPITALIZATION

   
     The following  table sets forth at December 31, 1997,  (i) the actual short
term debt and  consolidated  capitalization  of the Predecessor and (ii) the pro
forma short-term debt and consolidated capitalization of the Company as adjusted
to give  effect  to the  Reorganization,  the  Acquisition,  and the sale of the
Common Stock offered  hereby and the  application  of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom as set forth under "Use of Proceeds." The capitalization  table should
be read in connection with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations,"  the
Unaudited Pro Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements,  the  Company's  financial
statements  and  related  notes  thereto  and  Roda's   consolidated   financial
statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                                                      COMPANY
                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                    PREDECESSOR     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                   -------------   ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE
                                                                              DATA)

<S>                                                                <C>             <C>
Short-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt and
 capitalized lease obligations .................................       $  885         $ 1,870
                                                                       ======         =======
Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations, net of current
 portion .......................................................       $1,517         $ 2,179
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;
   none issued and outstanding .................................           --              --
 Common stock, no par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized;
   and 4,865,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as
   adjusted(1) .................................................            6          21,765
Additional paid-in capital .....................................          734              --
Retained earnings ..............................................        2,411              --
                                                                       ------         -------
Total stockholders' equity .....................................        3,151          21,765
                                                                       ------         -------
Total capitalization ...........................................       $4,668         $23,944
                                                                       ======         =======
</TABLE>
    
- ----------
   

(1) Does not  include  600,000  shares of Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance
    pursuant  to the  Company's  stock  option  plans,  under  which  options to
    purchase  305,700  shares have been granted at the initial  public  offering
    price subject to  consummation  of the Offering.  See  "Management  -- Stock
    Option Plans" and "Underwriting."

    

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                   DILUTION

   

     The difference  between the initial public offering price per share and net
tangible  book value per share of Common Stock after this  Offering  constitutes
the dilution to investors in this Offering. Net tangible book value per share is
determined  by  dividing  the net  tangible  book  value of the  Company  (total
tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of then outstanding shares
of Common Stock. At December 31, 1997, the Predecessor's net tangible book value
was $3.2 million, or $1.06 per share of Common Stock. After giving effect to (i)
the  Reorganization,  (ii) the Acquisition,  and (iii) the sale of the 2,100,000
shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby at an assumed  initial  public  offering
price of $12.00 per share and the receipt and  application  of the estimated net
proceeds  therefrom (less  underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated
offering  expenses),  the  adjusted  pro forma net  tangible  book  value of the
Company as of  December  31,  1997  would  have been $10.9  million or $2.24 per
share,  representing an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book value
of $1.22 per share to existing  stockholders and an immediate  dilution of $9.76
per share to new investors.

    

     The following table  illustrates the foregoing  information with respect to
dilution to new investors on a per share basis:

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price ............................                 $  12.00
                                                                                      --------
    Predecessor net tangible book value .............................    $  1.06
    Decrease attributable to the Reorganization .....................      (2.03)
    Decrease attributable to the Acquisition ........................      (2.24)
    Increase attributable to investors in this offering .............       5.45
                                                                         -------
   Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of the Company after
    the Offering ....................................................                     2.24
                                                                                      --------
   Dilution to new investors ........................................                 $   9.76
                                                                                      ========
</TABLE>
    

     The following table  summarizes the number of shares of Common Stock issued
by the Company,  the total  consideration  paid to the Company,  and the average
price per share paid by the existing stockholders, the Roda stockholders and the
new  investors.  For purposes of the total  consideration  and average price per
share paid by the existing stockholders, the Company has based such valuation on
the aggregate  amount of such  stockholders'  cash equity  contributions  to the
Predecessor without deducting distributions paid to such stockholders.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      SHARE PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                  -----------------------   -------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                     NUMBER      PERCENT        AMOUNT       PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                  -----------   ---------   -------------   ---------   --------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>
Existing stockholders .........   2,595,261        53.3%    $   740,000         2.6%       $  0.29
Roda stockholders .............     169,739         3.5       2,037,000         7.3        $ 12.00
New investors .................   2,100,000        43.2      25,200,000        90.1        $ 12.00
                                  ---------       -----     -----------       -----
Total .........................   4,865,000       100.0%    $27,977,000       100.0%
                                  =========       =====     ===========       =====
</TABLE>
    

     See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Underwriting."

   

                                       18
    
<PAGE>
               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following  unaudited pro forma combined financial  statements are based
on  the  historical  financial  statements  of the  Predecessor  and  Roda.  The
unaudited pro forma  combined  balance  sheet,  to the extent  indicated,  gives
effect to: (i) the Reorganization,  (ii) the Acquisition and (iii) the Offering,
as if each occurred as of December 31, 1997.  The  unaudited pro forma  combined
statement of income gives effect to the Acquisition as if it occurred on January
1, 1997. With the exeception of share and per share amounts,  the Reorganization
and the Offering have no effect on the unaudited pro forma combined statement of
income.

     The unaudited pro forma combined  financial  statements  give effect to the
Acquisition  under  the  purchase  method  of  accounting.  The  Roda  financial
statements  have been  adjusted to conform to United States  Generally  Accepted
Accounting  Principles  and have been  converted  into Dollars using the average
exchange  rate of $1.66 to  Pounds1.00  for the statement of income for the year
ended  December 31, 1997 and the year end exchange  rate of $1.67 to  Pounds1.00
for the balance sheet as of December 31, 1997.

     The unaudited  pro forma  combined  statement of income is not  necessarily
indicative  of  operating  results  which  would  have  been  achieved  had  the
Acquisition  been  completed  on January 1, 1997 and should not be  construed as
representative of future operating  results.  These unaudited pro forma combined
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the historical financial
statements  of the  Company and Roda  Limited  including  the notes  thereto and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."

                                       19
<PAGE>
                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                               DECEMBER 31, 1997
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       REORGANIZATION
                                                                       PREDECESSOR   ADJUSTMENTS(1)(2)
                                                                      ------------- -------------------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................    $    67       $        --






 Accounts receivable ................................................      5,673                --
 Inventories ........................................................        940                --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................         78                --
 Notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers ..............        136                --
 Deferred income taxes ..............................................         47                295(1)
                                                                         -------       -----------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ................................................      6,941                295
  Property and equipment, net .......................................      3,579                --
  Goodwill and other assets .........................................        418                --
TOTAL ASSETS ........................................................    $10,938       $        295
                                                                         =======       ===========
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 Current portion of long-term debt -- third parties .................    $   407       $        --
 Revolving line of credit ...........................................        300              1,400 (2)
 Current portion of obligations under capital lease .................        178                --
 Accounts payable ...................................................      3,854                --
 Accrued expenses ...................................................      1,474                --
 Reorganization notes ...............................................         --              4,600 (2)
 Cash payable to Roda stockholders ..................................         --                --
                                                                         -------       -----------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...........................................      6,213              6,000
  Long-term debt third parties -- net of current portion ............      1,185                --
  Obligations under capital lease -- net of current portion .........        332                --
  Notes payable -- related parties ..................................         --                --
  Deferred income taxes .............................................         57                354 (1)
  Other liabilities .................................................         --                --
                                                                         -------       -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES ...................................................      7,787              6,354
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Common stock .......................................................          6             (2,914) (2)
 Additional Paid-in capital .........................................        734               (734) (2)
 Retained Earnings ..................................................      2,411                (59) (1)
                                                                                             (2,352) (2)
                                                                                       -----------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................................      3,151             (6,059)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................    $10,938       $        295
                                                                         =======       ===========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        RODA
                                                                          THE       (HISTORICAL      ACQUISITION     COMPANY
                                                                        COMPANY    CONVERTED)(3)   ADJUSTMENTS(4)   PRO FORMA
                                                                      ----------- --------------- ---------------- -----------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>             <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................  $     67        $    2        $      --       $    69






 Accounts receivable ................................................     5,673         1,381               --         7,054
 Inventories ........................................................       940           246               --         1,186
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................        78           169               --           247
 Notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers ..............       136            --               --           136
 Deferred income taxes ..............................................       342            --               --           342
                                                                       --------        ------        ---------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ................................................     7,236         1,798               --         9,034
  Property and equipment, net .......................................     3,579         1,442               --         5,021
  Goodwill and other assets .........................................       418         3,513             (100)       11,206
                                                                                                        (3,513)
                                                                                                        10,888
                                                                                                     ---------
TOTAL ASSETS ........................................................  $ 11,233        $6,753        $   7,275       $25,261
                                                                       ========        ======        =========       =======
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 Current portion of long-term debt -- third parties .................  $    407        $  780        $      --       $ 1,187
 Revolving line of credit ...........................................     1,700            --               --         1,700
 Current portion of obligations under capital lease .................       178           205               --           383
 Accounts payable ...................................................     3,854           932               --         4,786
 Accrued expenses ...................................................     1,474           579               --         2,053
 Reorganization notes ...............................................     4,600            --               --         4,600
 Cash payable to Roda stockholders ..................................        --            --            6,111         6,111
                                                                       --------        ------        ---------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...........................................    12,213         2,496            6,111        20,820
  Long-term debt third parties -- net of current portion ............     1,185         1,195               --         2,380
  Obligations under capital lease -- net of current portion .........       332           467               --           799
  Notes payable -- related parties ..................................        --         1,419               --         1,419
  Deferred income taxes .............................................       411           165               --           576
  Other liabilities .................................................        --           138               --           138
                                                                       --------        ------        ---------       -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES ...................................................    14,141         5,880            6,111        26,132
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Common stock .......................................................    (2,908)          334             (334)         (871)
                                                                                                         2,037
 Additional Paid-in capital .........................................        --           334             (334)           --
 Retained Earnings ..................................................        --           205             (205)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................................    (2,908)          873            1,164          (871)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................  $ 11,233        $6,753        $   7,275       $25,261
                                                                       ========        ======        =========       =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          COMPANY
                                                                          OFFERING       PRO FORMA
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS(5)   AS ADJUSTED
                                                                      ---------------- ------------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................    $   22,636       $ 8,447
                                                                                272
                                                                             (6,111)
                                                                             (1,419)
                                                                             (4,600)
                                                                             (1,000)
                                                                             (1,400)
 Accounts receivable ................................................                       7,054
 Inventories ........................................................            --         1,186
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................            --           247
 Notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers ..............            --           136
 Deferred income taxes ..............................................            --           342
                                                                         ----------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ................................................         8,378        17,412
  Property and equipment, net .......................................            --         5,021
  Goodwill and other assets .........................................          (272)       10,934
TOTAL ASSETS ........................................................    $    8,106       $33,367
                                                                         ==========       =======
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 Current portion of long-term debt -- third parties .................    $       --       $ 1,187
 Revolving line of credit ...........................................        (1,400)          300
 Current portion of obligations under capital lease .................            --           383
 Accounts payable ...................................................            --         4,786
 Accrued expenses ...................................................            --         2,053
 Reorganization notes ...............................................        (4,600)           --
 Cash payable to Roda stockholders ..................................        (6,111)           --
                                                                         ----------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...........................................       (12,111)        8,709
  Long-term debt third parties -- net of current portion ............        (1,000)        1,380
  Obligations under capital lease -- net of current portion .........            --           799
  Notes payable -- related parties ..................................        (1,419)           --
  Deferred income taxes .............................................            --           576
  Other liabilities .................................................            --           138
                                                                         ----------       -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES ...................................................       (14,530)       11,602
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Common stock .......................................................        22,636        21,765
 Additional Paid-in capital .........................................                          --
 Retained Earnings ..................................................
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................................        22,636        21,765
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................    $    8,106       $33,367
                                                                         ==========       =======
</TABLE>
    
                                       20
<PAGE>
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

(1) As a result of the conversion  from a S corporation  to a C corporation  the
    Company will record:  (i) a deferred tax asset of $295,000,  (ii) a deferred
    tax liability of $354,000,  and (iii) the resulting net decrease in retained
    earnings of $59,000.
   

(2) Reflects the issuance of the  Reorganization  Notes,  consisting of: (i) the
    $2.2  million  Distribution  Notes,  the  amount of which  approximates  the
    undistributed S corporation  taxable income to the Predecessor  stockholders
    estimated through the anticipated date of the  Reorganization,  and (ii) the
    $2.4 million  Exchange Notes to be issued as part of the  consideration  for
    the equity of the Predecessor  (assuming an initial public offering price of
    $12.00 per share). Also reflects additional  anticipated  borrowings of $1.4
    million  under the  Predeccesor's  existing  revolving  line of  credit  for
    distributions  to be made  prior to April 15,  1998 to  shareholders  of the
    Predecesor  for taxes  due on such  date  attributable  to  undistributed  S
    corporation income for 1997.

    

(3) Historical  balances  for Roda at December  31,  1997 have been  adjusted to
    conform to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, including
    (i) the recognition of goodwill of $3.5 million related to a 1996 management
    buyout of Roda,  (ii) the  recording of a deferred tax liability of $165,000
    and  (iii)  the  resulting  net  increase  to  stockholders'  equity of $3.3
    million.

(4) The aggregate consideration of $8.1 million payable to the Roda stockholders
    will  consist of (i) 169,739  shares of Common Stock and (ii) a cash payment
    for the balance of the consideration.  For presentation purposes, the shares
    issuable  as part of the  consideration  have been  valued  at $2.0  million
    (assuming an initial public  offering price of $12.00 per share),  resulting
    in an assumed cash payment of $6.1 million which has been presented as "Cash
    Payable to Roda  Stockholders."  This  liability  will be  satisfied  with a
    portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.

    The purchase of Roda has been accounted for based upon available information
    regarding the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired as
    follows:

          Purchase price ..................   $ 8,148,000
          Acquisition costs ...............       100,000
          Net liabilities assumed .........     2,640,000
                                              -----------
          Goodwill ........................   $10,888,000
                                              ===========

    Roda's  stockholders'  equity of $873,000 and prior goodwill of $3.5 million
    have been eliminated in consolidation with the Company.
   
(5) The Offering  adjustments  assume an initial public offering price of $12.00
    per share and give effect to (i) the receipt of the assumed net  proceeds of
    $22.6 million (after  deducting  underwriting  discounts and  commissions of
    $1.8  million  and  estimated  offering  expenses  of  $800,000),  (ii)  the
    recognition of a $272,000 portion of the offering  expenses  previously paid
    and deferred by the Predecessor at December 31, 1997, (iii) the repayment of
    the  Reorganization  Notes,  (iv)  satisfaction  of the  liability  for cash
    payable to the Roda  stockholders of $6.1 million,  (v) the repayment of the
    $1.4 million (Pounds850,000) Roda Seller Debt and (vi) the repayment of $2.4
    million of bank indebtedness of the Company.

    

                                       21

<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  RODA
                                                           PREDECESSOR/       (HISTORICAL      ACQUISITION           COMPANY
                                                              COMPANY        CONVERTED)(1)     ADJUSTMENTS          PRO FORMA
                                                       -------------------- --------------- ----------------- --------------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>             <C>               <C>
Net sales ............................................    $      35,744        $  6,961        $      --         $      42,705
Operating expenses:
 Costs of production .................................           26,894           4,293               --                31,187
 Selling, general and administrative .................            5,794           1,418               --                 7,212
 Depreciation and amortization .......................              694             148               --                   842
 Amortization of goodwill ............................               --              90              (90)(2)               272
                                                                                                     272 (2)
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
                                                                 33,382           5,949             (182)               39,513
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
Income from operations ...............................            2,362           1,012             (182)                3,192
 Interest expense ....................................             (250)           (345)              --                  (595)
 Other income ........................................               35              86               --                   121
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
Income before income taxes and minority interest.                 2,147             753             (182)                2,718
 Provision for income taxes ..........................              129             265               --                   394
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
Income before minority interest ......................            2,018             488             (182)                2,324
 Minority interest ...................................               --             106             (106) (3)               --
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
Net income ...........................................    $       2,018        $    382        $     (76)        $       2,324
                                                          =============        ========        =========         =============
PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED):
Income before income taxes ...........................    $       2,147                                          $       2,718
 Pro forma provision for income taxes ................              880 (4)                                               1,142 (5)
                                                          -------------                                          -------------
Pro forma net income .................................    $       1,267                                          $       1,576
                                                          =============                                          =============
Pro forma earnings per share .........................    $        0.43                                          $        0.43
                                                          =============                                          =============
Pro forma shares outstanding .........................        2,978,594 (6)                                           3,657,552 (7)
                                                          =============                                          =============
Pro forma as adjusted net income .....................                                                           $        1,674 (8)
                                                                                                                 =============
Pro forma as adjusted earnings per share .............                                                           $        0.40
                                                                                                                 =============
Pro forma as adjusted shares outstanding .............                                                                4,189,469 (9)
                                                                                                                 =============
</TABLE>
    

                                       22

<PAGE>

           NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME

(1) Historical  balances  for Roda at December  31,  1997 have been  adjusted to
    conform to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, including
    the amortization of goodwill of $90,000 related to a 1996 management  buyout
    of Roda and the recording of deferred taxes of $75,000.

(2) Reflects (i) the  elimination of Roda's  amortization of goodwill of $90,000
    related  to the 1996  management  buyout  of Roda  and  (ii)  the  Company's
    recognition  of  amortization  of goodwill of  $272,000  resulting  from the
    Acquisition.

(3) Reflects the elimination of $106,000 of minority interest in the earnings of
    Roda.

(4) Reflects an increase of $751,000  for income  taxes  computed  utilizing  an
    overall effective tax rate of 41% as if the Company had been a C corporation
    since January 1, 1997.

(5) Reflects a pro forma  provision for income taxes for the Company and Roda on
    a  combined  basis and  computed  utilizing  effective  tax rates of 41% for
    United States income taxes and 31% for United Kingdom income taxes.

   

(6) Reflects (i) the initial CGII founding  share,  (ii) 2,595,260  shares to be
    issued in the  Reorganization,  and (iii) 383,333 shares,  representing  the
    number  of shares  having a value  (based  upon an  assumed  initial  public
    offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to the principal amount of
    the Reorganization Notes.

(7) Reflects (i) the shares described in footnote (6) above, (ii) 169,739 shares
    issuable in  connection  with the  Acquisition,  and (iii)  509,219  shares,
    representing  the  number of shares  having a value  (based  upon an assumed
    initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to the $6.1
    million  liability for cash payable to the Roda  stockholders  in connection
    with the Acquisition.

(8) Reflects the  elimination  of interest  expense of $142,000  ($98,000 net of
    taxes) on the Roda Seller Debt of approximately $1.4 million (Pounds850,000)
    to be repaid  through the  application of a portion of the net proceeds from
    the Offering as if such  repayment had occurred on January 1, 1997. See "The
    Company -- The Roda Acquisition" and "Use of Proceeds."

(9) Reflects (i) the shares  described in footnote (7) above and (ii) 531,917 of
    the additional  shares to be sold in the Offering,  representing the portion
    of the shares  being sold in the  Offering in order to  generate  sufficient
    proceeds necessary to (a) repay the $1.4 million (Pounds850,000) Roda Seller
    Debt, (b) repay $2.4 million of bank indebtedness of the Company and (c) pay
    underwriting discounts and expenses of the entire Offering. See "The Company
    -- The Reorganization" and "Use of Proceeds."
    
                                       23

<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table sets forth selected  historical  financial data for the
Predecessor  and selected  unaudited pro forma  combined  financial data for the
Company.  The selected  historical  financial data presented below as of and for
the three years ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997 are derived  from the
Predecessor's   audited  financial   statements   appearing  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with those financial statements and
the  related  notes  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.   The  selected
historical financial data presented below as of and for the years ended December
31, 1993 and 1994 are derived from the  unaudited  financial  statements  of the
Predecessor  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1993  and  audited  financial
statements  of the  Predecessor  for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  The pro
forma  data are  unaudited.  The  unaudited  financial  statements  include  all
adjustments,  consisting of only normal  recurring  accruals,  which  management
considers  necessary for a fair  presentation of the financial  position and the
results of  operations  for these  periods.  The selected  financial  data below
should be read in conjunction with the Predecessor  financial statements and the
related notes thereto, the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and
the related notes thereto and the  information in  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1993         1994        1995        1996                      1997
                                    ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------------------------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL            PRO FORMA(1)
                                     (UNUADITED)                                      -------------------- --------------------
                                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                 <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Net sales .........................   $ 13,959     $ 15,927    $ 17,327    $ 23,193      $     35,744         $     42,705
Operating expenses:
 Costs of production ..............      9,637       12,085      12,860      17,616            26,894               31,187
 Selling, general and
  administrative ..................      3,053        3,151       3,441       4,270             5,794                7,212
 Depreciation and amortization.....        281          448         498         563               694                1,114
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------      ------------         ------------
                                        12,971       15,684      16,799      22,449            33,382               39,513
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------      ------------         ------------
Income from operations ............        988          243         528         744             2,362                3,192
 Interest expense .................        (99)        (173)       (257)       (234)             (250)                (595)
 Other income .....................          3           --           2          48                35                  121
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------      ------------         ------------
Income before income taxes ........        892           70         273         558             2,147                2,718
 Provision for income taxes .......        119            7           6          56               129                  394
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------      ------------         ------------
Net income ........................   $    773     $     63    $    267    $    502      $      2,018         $      2,324
                                      ========     ========    ========    ========      ============         ============
PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED):
Income before income taxes ........                                                      $      2,147         $      2,718
 Pro forma provision for income
  taxes ...........................                                                               880 (2)            1,142 (3)
                                                                                         ------------         ------------
Pro forma net income ..............                                                      $      1,267         $      1,576
                                                                                         ============         ============
Pro forma earnings per share ......                                                      $       0.43         $       0.43
                                                                                         ============         ============
Pro forma shares outstanding ......                                                         2,978,594 (4)        3,657,552 (5)
                                                                                         ============         ============
Pro forma as adjusted net income.                                                                             $      1,674 (6)
                                                                                                              ============
Pro forma as adjusted earnings
 per share ........................                                                                           $       0.40
                                                                                                              ============
Pro forma as adjusted shares
 outstanding ......................                                                                              4,189,469 (7)
                                                                                                              ============
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1993       1994     1995     1996             1997
                                                  ------------- -------- -------- -------- -------------------------
                                                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                                            ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                   (UNAUDITED)                             --------- ---------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents .......................     $   71     $  144   $    1   $  543   $    67      $ 8,447
Working capital .................................        553        338       32     (867)      728        8,703
Total assets ....................................      3,787      5,680    5,568    9,471    10,938       33,367
Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations,
 net of current portion .........................        623      1,414    1,151    1,300     1,517        2,179
Stockholders' equity ............................      1,742      1,084      830    1,344     3,151       21,765
</TABLE>
    

                                               (See footnotes on following page)

                                       24

<PAGE>
(footnotes from previous page)

(1) Gives effect to the  Reorganization  and the Acquisition as if they each had
    occurred on January 1, 1997. See the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined  Financial
    Statements.

(2) Reflects an increase of $751,000  for income  taxes  computed  utilizing  an
    overall effective tax rate of 41% as if the Company had been a C corporation
    since January 1, 1997.

(3) Reflects a pro forma  provision for income taxes for the Company and Roda on
    a combined  basis computed  utilizing  effective tax rates of 41% for United
    States income taxes and 31% for United Kingdom income taxes.

   

(4) Reflects (i) the initial CGII founding  share,  (ii) 2,595,260  shares to be
    issued in the  Reorganization,  and (iii) 383,333 shares,  representing  the
    number  of shares  having a value  (based  upon an  assumed  initial  public
    offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to the principal amount of
    the Reorganization Notes.

(5) Reflects (i) the shares described in footnote (4) above, (ii) 169,739 shares
    issuable in  connection  with the  Acquisition,  and (iii)  509,219  shares,
    representing  the  number of shares  having a value  (based  upon an assumed
    initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to the $6.1
    million  liability for cash payable to the Roda  stockholders  in connection
    with the Acquisition.

(6) Reflects the  elimination  of interest  expense of $142,000  ($98,000 net of
    taxes) on the Roda Seller Debt of approximately $1.4 million (Pounds850,000)
    to be repaid  through the  application of a portion of the net proceeds from
    the Offering as if such  repayment had occurred on January 1, 1997. See "The
    Company -- The Roda Acquisition" and "Use of Proceeds."

(7) Reflects (i) the shares  described in footnote (5) above and (ii) 531,917 of
    the additional  shares to be sold in the Offering,  representing the portion
    of the shares  being sold in the  Offering in order to  generate  sufficient
    proceeds necessary to (a) repay the $1.4 million (Pounds850,000) Roda Seller
    Debt, (b) repay $2.4 million of bank indebtedness of the Company and (c) pay
    underwriting discounts and expenses of the entire Offering. See "The Company
    -- The Reorganization" and "Use of Proceeds."

(8) Gives  effect  to the  following  transactions  as if they had  occurred  on
    December 31, 1997: (i) the Reorganization;  (ii) the Acquisition;  and (iii)
    the sale of 2,100,000  shares of Common Stock offered  hereby and the use of
    the  net  proceeds   therefrom,   including:   (a)  the   repayment  of  the
    Reorganization  Notes,  (b) the  satisfaction  of the liability for the cash
    payable to the Roda stockholders of $6.1 million (assuming an initial public
    offering  price of $12.00 per share),  (c) the  repayment of the Roda Seller
    Debt,  and (d) the repayment of $2.4 million of bank  indebtedness.  See the
    Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and "Use of Proceeds."

    
                                       25
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     The  Company  provides a wide range of graphic  communications  services to
financial institutions and corporations,  focusing on producing and distributing
time-sensitive  analytical  research and  marketing  materials  and on providing
on-demand printing  services.  The Company commenced its operations in 1989 when
it opened a printing  facility in New Jersey to provide  overnight  printing and
delivery of  time-sensitive  analytical  research and marketing  reports for its
financial  institution  customers  in  the  New  York  City  metropolitan  area.
Currently, the Company operates two facilities in the New York City area and has
agreed to acquire  London-based  Roda,  giving the  Company  its first  facility
outside the United  States.  To date,  the Company has  experienced  significant
growth primarily  through the (i) expansion of its existing  customer base, (ii)
addition of products  and  services,  (iii)  assimilation  of in-house  printing
operations,  (iv)  acquisition  of  selected  assets  and (v)  establishment  of
strategic alliances.

   
     Immediately prior to the Offering, the Predecessor will be reorganized such
that the  stockholders of the Predecessor will contribute all of the outstanding
shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor  to CGII in exchange  for a total of
2,595,260  shares of Common Stock and Exchange Notes in the aggregate  principal
amount of $2.4 million  (assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per
share). Concurrently with the Reorganization, CGII will assume the Predecessor's
obligations with respect to  undistributed S corporation  taxable income through
the date of the Reorganization,  estimated to total $2.2 million, and will issue
Distribution Notes in such amount to evidence such obligations.

     The Company will  acquire 100% of the share  capital of Roda in two stages.
Concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, the Company will acquire all
of the issued  ordinary  share  capital of Roda  pursuant to an agreement  dated
January 16, 1998, as amended (the "Roda  Purchase  Agreement")  for an aggregate
consideration of approximately $6.3 million. The $6.3 million consideration will
be satisfied by (i) the delivery of 169,739  shares of Common Stock,  which will
be valued at the initial public offering price,  and (ii) a cash payment for the
balance of the consideration ($4.3 million,  assuming an initial public offering
price of $12.00 per share). In addition,  upon consummation of the Offering, the
Company will deliver into escrow $1.8 million, representing the total redemption
price of all of the issued preference share capital of Roda. The Company has the
right to redeem, and intends to redeem, such preference shares on June 30, 1998.
The Company may be  required by the holders of the  preference  shares to redeem
such shares prior to June 30, 1998. The amount in escrow will be used to pay the
redemption price upon such redemption.

     In addition to the  consideration  for the  ordinary and  preference  share
capital,  Roda's  outstanding  indebtedness  will be reflected on the  Company's
consolidated  balance sheet from and after the  consummation of the Acquisition.
As of December 31,  1997,  Roda had $4.3  million of  indebtedness  outstanding,
including the Roda Seller Debt. Under the terms of the Roda Purchase  Agreement,
the  Company  has  committed  to cause  Roda to repay the  entire  $1.4  million
(Pounds850,000)  of the Roda Seller Debt within 28 days  following  the closing.
The  Company  intends to repay the Roda  Seller  Debt from the  proceeds  of the
Offering. In order to secure the performance by the selling stockholders of Roda
of  certain  warranties  and  covenants,  $462,000  (Pounds275,000)  of the cash
portion of the consideration will be held in escrow until one year following the
closing.  The  obligations of the parties under the Roda Purchase  Agreement are
contingent upon the closing of the Offering. Roda provides printing and document
output and  management  services to financial  services  companies in the United
Kingdom and  European  markets,  and has been a  strategic  partner in the World
Research Link(TM). Following the Offering and the completion of the Acquisition,
Roda will become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company and its  day-to-day
operations in London will  continue to be  supervised by its current  management
team.     

     To date, the Predecessor has been taxed as an S corporation.  In connection
with the  Offering,  the Company will become  subject to federal and  additional
state  income  taxes  upon  the   termination  of  the  S  corporation   status.
Concurrently with becoming subject to federal and additional state income taxes,
the  Company  will  record  additional  deferred  tax  assets  of  $295,000  and
additional  deferred tax  liabilities  of $354,000 and a  corresponding  net tax
expense of $59,000 in its statement of income. These tax items will be reflected
as a special charge in the Company's  income  statement for the quarter in which
the Reorganization occurs.

                                       26

<PAGE>
     The  Company's  five  largest   customers,   all  of  which  are  financial
institutions,  accounted  for  approximately  65% of its net  sales for the year
ended December 31, 1997.  After giving effect to the  Acquisition,  net sales to
customers  outside  the  United  States  would  have  accounted  for  16% of the
Company's  pro forma net sales in the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and the
Company anticipates that foreign sales will account for a significant portion of
net sales in the foreseeable  future. As a result, the Company's  operations may
be subject to the fluctuation of currency  exchange rates,  various and changing
regulatory requirements,  increased sales and marketing expenses,  political and
economic  instability,  difficulty in staffing and managing foreign  operations,
potentially adverse taxes, complex foreign laws and treaties and the possibility
of difficulty in accounts receivable collections.

     The  Company's  largest  customer,  Goldman,  Sachs  & Co.,  accounted  for
approximately  24% of the Company's net sales during 1997.  Although the Company
has had long-term  relationships with its significant  customers,  the Company's
customers may terminate their relationship upon minimal,  if any, advance notice
and there  can be no  assurance  that  these  relationships  will  continue.  In
addition,  given  the  concentration  of  customers  in the  financial  services
industry,  the Company's results of operations will be particularly sensitive to
fluctuations in the economy or financial markets affecting this industry.

     The Company's net sales are derived  primarily from providing  printing and
distribution  services for  customers in the financial  services,  insurance and
publishing  industries,  a  substantial  component  of which is the printing and
distribution  of financial and analytical  research and marketing  materials for
the financial services industry.  The Company also derives part of its net sales
from providing fulfillment services, including labeling, mailing, inserting, kit
assembly  and  inventory  management  for its  customers.  Finally,  the Company
provides  computer and data output services and other document  related services
for customers.

     The Company's  operating  expenses  consist of the following:  (i) costs of
production,   (ii)  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  and  (iii)
depreciation and amortization. Costs of production consist primarily of the cost
of paper and other production materials, labor, outside services,  insurance and
other production  expenses including repairs and maintenance and rent.  Selling,
general  and   administrative   expenses   consist   primarily  of   management,
administrative  and  marketing  expenses,  salaries for  officers,  salaries and
commissions paid to sales persons and professional fees.

     The Company's quarterly operating results have been and will continue to be
subject to variation,  depending  upon factors such as the mix of business among
the  Company's   services,   the  cost  of  materials,   labor  and  technology,
particularly  in connection  with the delivery of business  services,  the costs
associated with initiating new outsourcing contracts or opening new offices, the
economic  condition of the Company's target markets,  seasonal  concerns and the
costs of acquiring and integrating new businesses.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following  table sets forth certain items from the Company's  Statement
of Income as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                              1995          1996          1997
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales .............................................       100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
 Costs of production ..................................        74.2          76.0          75.3
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........        19.9          18.4          16.2
 Depreciation and amortization ........................         2.9           2.4           1.9
                                                              -----         -----         -----
Income from operations ................................         3.0           3.2           6.6
 Interest expense .....................................        (1.5)         (1.0)         (0.7)
 Other income .........................................         0.0           0.2           0.1
                                                              -----         -----         -----
Income before income taxes ............................         1.5           2.4           6.0
 Provision for income tax .............................         0.0           0.2           0.4
                                                              -----         -----         -----
Net income ............................................         1.5%          2.2%          5.6%
                                                              =====         =====         =====
</TABLE>
                                       27

<PAGE>
Year ended December 31, 1997 compared to year ended December 31, 1996.

     Net sales.  The Company  reported  net sales of $35.7  million for the year
ended  December 31, 1997 compared to $23.2  million for the year ended  December
31, 1996, an increase of $12.5 million or 54%. The majority of this increase was
attributable  to an increase  in  business  with  existing  customers,  with the
balance attributable to the addition of new customers.  In 1997, the Company had
four  customers  each of whom  represented  in excess of 10% of net  sales,  and
together  represented an aggregate of 57% of net sales. In 1996, the Company had
three  customers  each of whom  represented  in excess of 10% of net sales,  and
together represented an aggregate of 42% of net sales.

     Costs of  production.  Costs of production  were $26.9 million for 1997, as
compared to $17.6 million for 1996, an increase of $9.3 million or 53%. Costs of
production  were  approximately  75% of net  sales  for  1997,  as  compared  to
approximately  76% of net sales for 1996. The decrease in costs of production as
a percentage of net sales was primarily a result of economies of scale resulting
from improved utilization of the Company's existing facilities.

     Selling,  general  and  administrative   expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  increased to approximately  $5.8 million for 1997 from
approximately  $4.3 million for 1996, an increase of $1.5 million.  The increase
was  attributable to costs  associated with the addition of personnel to support
future growth. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative
expenses  decreased from  approximately  18% for 1996 to  approximately  16% for
1997,  primarily  reflecting  greater economies of scale as the Company improved
the utilization of its existing facilities.

     Depreciation and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization  expense was
$694,000 for 1997 as compared to $563,000  for 1996,  an increase of $131,000 or
23%. The increase in depreciation and  amortization  expense was attributable to
the addition of equipment by the Company  during 1997.  In  connection  with the
Acquisition,  the Company will record  goodwill of  approximately  $10.9 million
which  will  result  in  additional   amortization  expense  in  the  future  of
approximately $272,000 per year.

     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense was $250,000 for 1997, as compared to
$234,000  for 1996,  an  increase of $16,000 or 7%.  Such  increase  was largely
attributable  to higher  levels of  borrowings  during  1997.  Interest  expense
reflects   interest  on  notes  payable,   capital  lease   obligations  and  on
utilizations of the line of credit with Summit Bank.

     Other  income.  Other  income  included  $35,000  for 1997,  as compared to
$48,000 for 1996, a decrease of $13,000.  Other income primarily reflected gains
on the sale of certain depreciated equipment.

     Provision  for income  taxes.  Provision  for income taxes was $129,000 for
1997, as compared to $56,000 for 1996.  The increase is  attributable  to higher
income generated during the period.  As discussed above, upon termination of the
Company's S corporation  status,  the Company will become subject to federal and
additional state income taxes.

     Net income. As a result of the aforementioned, net income increased to $2.0
million for 1997 from  $502,000  for 1996,  an increase  of $1.5  million.  As a
percentage of net sales, net income increased to 6% in 1997 from 2% in 1996.

Year ended December 31, 1996 compared to year ended December 31, 1995.

     Net sales.  The Company  had net sales of $23.2  million for the year ended
December  31, 1996  compared to $17.3  million for the year ended  December  31,
1995,  an increase of $5.9  million or 34%.  The  majority of this  increase was
attributable  to an increase  in  business  with  existing  customers,  with the
balance attributable to the addition of new customers.  In 1996, the Company had
three  customers  each of whom  represented  in excess of 10% of net sales,  and
together  represented an aggregate of 42% of net sales. In 1995, the Company had
two  customers  each of whom  represented  in  excess of 10% of net  sales,  and
together represented an aggregate of 37% of net sales.

     Costs of  production.  Costs of production  were $17.6 million for 1996, as
compared to $12.9 million for 1995, an increase of $4.7 million or 37%. Costs of
production  were  approximately  76% of net  sales  for  1996,  as  compared  to
approximately  74% of net sales for 1995. The decrease in costs of production as
a percentage of net sales was primarily a result of economies of scale resulting
from improved utilization of the Company's existing facilities.

                                       28

<PAGE>
     Selling,  general  and  administrative   expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  increased to approximately  $4.3 million for 1996 from
approximately  $3.4  million for 1995,  an  increase  of  $900,000  or 26%.  The
increase was  attributable to costs associated with the addition of personnel to
support  future  growth.  As a  percentage  of net sales,  selling,  general and
administrative   expenses   decreased  to   approximately   18%  for  1996  from
approximately  20% for  1995,  reflecting  economies  of  scale  as the  Company
increased facilities utilization.

     Depreciation and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization  expense was
$563,000  for 1996 as compared to $498,000  for 1995,  an increase of $65,000 or
13%. The increase in depreciation and amortization  expense  primarily  reflects
the addition of equipment by the Company during 1996.

     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense  was  $234,000  for 1996  compared to
$257,000 for 1995, a decrease of $23,000 or 9%.

     Other income.  Other income included $48,000 for 1996 as compared to $2,000
for 1995.  Other income  primarily  reflected  gains on the sale of  depreciated
equipment.

     Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes was $56,000 for 1996
as compared to $6,000 for 1995.  The increase is  attributable  to higher income
generated during the period.

     Net income.  As a result of the  aforementioned,  net income  increased  to
$502,000 for 1996 from $267,000 for 1995, an increase of $235,000 or 88%.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

   
     To date, the Company has financed its operations, including working capital
and equipment acquisitions,  using bank borrowings, vendor financing,  financing
lease  transactions,  as  well  as  from  cash  flow  generated  from  operating
activities,  and stockholder debt and equity  contributions.  As of December 31,
1997,  the  Company had net working  capital of  $728,000,  as compared to a net
working capital  deficit at December 31, 1996 of $867,000.  Net cash provided by
operating activities was $1.5 million, $1.7 million and $594,000 for each of the
years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Net cash used in
investing activities was $797,000, $1.6 million and $254,000 for the years ended
December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Net cash used in  investing
activities  was  primarily  attributable  to the  acquisition  of  property  and
equipment,  offset in part by the cash  generated from the sale and leaseback of
certain  equipment  for  $1.3  million  in  1997.  Net  cash  used in  financing
activities  totaled $1.1 million in 1997, as compared to net cash generated from
financing  activities of $511,000 in 1996.  In 1995,  net cash used in financing
activities  totaled  $483,000.  In 1997,  cash was used in financing  activities
primarily to repay indebtedness to related parties and to fund a dividend to the
Company's  stockholders.  In 1996,  cash was  provided by  financing  activities
primarily  from the net  incurrence of additional  third-party  indebtedness  to
finance the acquisition of equipment and certain other assets. In 1995, cash was
used in  financing  activities  primarily  to pay a  dividend  to the  Company's
stockholders, as well as to repay certain indebtedness.

     On December  15,  1997,  the Company  entered  into a new Loan and Security
Agreement  with Summit Bank (the "Loan and  Security  Agreement").  The Loan and
Security  Agreement  provides for a $2.0 million  revolving line of credit and a
$1.0 million three-year term loan facility. The revolving line of credit expires
on May 30,  1998.  Borrowings  under the line of  credit  and the term loan bear
interest at the bank's prime rate or, at the Company's option,  LIBOR plus 2.25%
(8.5% at December 31, 1997). The debt is  collateralized by substantially all of
the  Company's  assets.  Among other  things,  the Loan and  Security  Agreement
restricts the Company's  ability to incur  additional  indebtedness and requires
the Company to maintain  certain  financial  ratios.  As of December  31,  1997,
$300,000 was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $1.0 million was
outstanding under the term loan facility.  The Company intends to repay the term
loan facility with the proceeds of the  Offering.  As of December 31, 1997,  the
Company had no commitments for capital expenditures.

    
     As a result of the  Acquisition,  the  Company  will have  additional  debt
outstanding, including borrowings under Roda's existing credit facility with the
Bank of Scotland (the "Roda Facility")  consisting of a $2.0 million  (Pounds1.2
million) term loan and a $418,000 (Pounds250,000)  revolving line of credit. The
line of credit is reviewed by the bank  annually for renewal,  but is payable on
demand. Borrowings under both

                                       29
<PAGE>
the term loan and the line of credit bear  interest at the bank's base rate plus
2.50%  (7.25%  as  of  December  31,  1997).  The  debt  is   collateralized  by
substantially  all of Roda's  assets.  As of December  31,  1997,  approximately
$357,000 (Pounds214,000) was outstanding on the credit facility and $1.6 million
(Pounds968,000) was outstanding under the term loan. The term loan is payable in
equal monthly installments through October 20, 2001.

     The  Company  intends  to  seek  to  expand  its  operations   through  the
acquisition  of  additional  businesses  which provide  commercial,  digital and
time-sensitive  printing  services and through the expansion of its  outsourcing
business.  Such acquisitions could involve the issuance of additional securities
of the Company,  the payment of cash,  including proceeds from the Offering,  or
the  incurrence of debt.  No  assurances  can be made that the Company will have
access to  necessary  financing  to pursue  its  growth  strategy.  The  Company
believes that the combination of the proceeds raised from the Offering, together
with  internally  generated  funds,  will  provide  sufficient  cash to meet the
Company's capital and other cash requirements for the next twelve months.

YEAR 2000 ISSUES

     In the year 2000, the Company's  computer programs that have date sensitive
software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than 2000. This
could  result in a system  failure or  miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of
operations,  including  among other  things,  a temporary  inability  to process
transactions, send invoices or engage in similar normal business activities.

     The Company will be required to modify its  purchased  software  program so
that its computer  systems will  function  properly with respect to dates in the
year 2000 and thereafter.  The Company has been informed that the vendor for the
purchased  software  is  expected to release an upgrade to address the Year 2000
issue no later than December 31, 1998, which is prior to any anticipated  impact
on the Company's  operating  systems.  The cost of the upgrade to the Company is
included  in its  maintenance  contract  with  its  vendor  and  will not have a
material impact on the Company's future financial results.

     The  Company  has had  communications  with all of its  significant,  large
customers and suppliers to determine the extent to which the Company's interface
systems  are  vulnerable  to any failure by third  parties to upgrade  their own
software.  The Company  believes  that its large  customers  and  suppliers  are
addressing  the issues and will timely adjust their  systems.  However,  if such
modifications  are not made by the Company or its vendors or  customers,  or are
not completed in a timely manner,  the Company's  operations  could be adversely
affected.

   
RECENT PRONOUNCEMENTS OF THE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD

     Recent  pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
which are not required to be adopted at December 31, 1997, include the following
Statements of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS"):

     SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income," establishes standards for
reporting  and display of  comprehensive  income (all changes in equity during a
period except those resulting from  investments by and  distributions to owners)
and its components in the financial statements. This new standard, which will be
effective  for the Company for the year ending  December 31, 1998,  is currently
anticipated  to only impact the Company's  financial  statements  related to the
reporting of translation gains and losses for the proposed acquisition of Roda.

     SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosure  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related
Information,"  which  will be  effective  for the  Company  for the year  ending
December  31,  1998,  establishes  standards  for  reporting  information  about
operating  segments in the annual  financial  statements,  selected  information
about operating  segments in interim  financial  reports and  disclosures  about
products and services,  geographic areas and major customers.  This new standard
will require the Company to report  financial  information  on the basis that is
used internally for evaluating segment  performance and deciding how to allocate
resources  to segments,  which may result in more  detailed  information  in the
notes to the  Company's  financial  statements  than is  currently  required and
provided.   The  Company  has  not  yet  determined  the  effects,  if  any,  of
implementing SFAS No. 131 on its reporting of financial information.
    

                                       30
<PAGE>
                                   BUSINESS

OVERVIEW
   

     The  Company  provides a wide range of graphic  communications  services to
financial institutions and corporations,  focusing on producing and distributing
time-sensitive  analytical  research and  marketing  materials  and on providing
on-demand printing services.  The Company,  which commenced  operations in 1989,
operates in select  international  markets  through its facilities in the United
States and through  alliances  with Roda,  its  strategic  partner in the United
Kingdom,  and with its  strategic  partner in Hong Kong.  The Company is a major
producer of financial  research  reports,  having  produced over 2 billion pages
during 1997. The Company provides services,  on a non-exclusive  basis, to 13 of
the  top 20  investment  banking  firms  in  the  United  States  as  ranked  by
Institutional Investor in October 1997.

     Graphic  communications  services  provided by the Company  include digital
communications,  document management,  offset printing,  digital printing,  data
output, bindery,  fulfillment services, mailing services and outsource services.
The  Company  prints  brochures,   booklets,   confirmations  of  trade,  client
statements and adhesive books to meet the daily, weekly and monthly needs of its
customers.  To facilitate  the rapid  distribution  of documents  globally,  the
Company has designed and  implemented the World Research  Link(TM),  an array of
electronic data communication  networks linking each of the Company's facilities
with its strategic operating partners and major customers.  To date, the Company
has  established  extensive  non-exclusive  client  relationships  with  leading
companies  in the  financial  services,  insurance  and  publishing  industries,
providing  certain of the  printing  and graphic  communication  needs of Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Morgan Grenfell, Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Lehman  Brothers  Inc.,  Merrill Lynch & Co.,  Inc.,  The  Prudential  Insurance
Company of  America,  Empire Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield,  New York Life  Insurance
Company, and The McGraw-Hill Company, among others.

     The Company has experienced significant growth, with net sales growing from
$17.3  million  for the year ended  December  31, 1995 to $35.7  million  ($42.7
million pro forma for the  Acquisition) for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
income  from  operations  growing  over the same  period  from  $528,000 to $2.4
million ($3.2 million pro forma for the  Acquisition),  representing  compounded
annual  growth  rates of  43.6%  and  113.2%,  respectively.  See  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operation."  A
significant  portion  of this  growth is  attributable  to the  assimilation  of
certain  in-house  printing  operations of Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and Empire Blue
Cross/Blue   Shield.  See  "Graphic   Communications   Services  --  Outsourcing
Services." The Company  intends to continue to pursue its growth strategy by (i)
pursuing  acquisitions  and  establishing  strategic  alliances  to  expand  and
strengthen  the  Company's  business  reach in target  markets  worldwide,  (ii)
pursuing outsourcing opportunities through the assimilation of in-house printing
operations of third-party  businesses,  (iii)  expanding the scope and volume of
services offered, (iv) actively  cross-selling  existing or newly-added products
or  services  to its  customers  worldwide,  and  (v)  improving  the  operating
efficiency  of  its  existing  operations.  As  part  of  its  growth  strategy,
concurrently  with the closing of the  Offering,  the Company  will  acquire its
London-based  strategic partner Roda. Roda provides printing and document output
and management services to financial services companies, primarily in the United
Kingdom and European markets.     

     The  Company's  senior  officers have  extensive  experience in the graphic
communications  services  industry,  having been  employed by the Company for an
average of approximately 6 years and having an average of approximately 19 years
of industry  experience.  The Company's Chairman,  President and Chief Executive
Officer,  Michael R.  Cunningham,  founded  the  Company  and has been  actively
involved in the  industry  for over 15 years.  Furthermore,  based on the proven
track record of its  experienced  management team and the wide range of services
it provides,  the Company is  well-positioned  to capitalize  on the  increasing
outsourcing trend as well as on consolidation opportunities in the industry.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

     The Company estimates that the commercial  printing and document production
market  accounted  for more than $80 billion in revenue in the United States and
over  $10  billion  in  revenue  in the  United  Kingdom  in  1997,  based  upon
information from certain trade associations and other industry sources.

                                       31
<PAGE>
   
The  printing and document  management  business in the United  States is highly
fragmented,  with approximately  40,000 companies  presently in operation,  only
approximately 5% of which are estimated to have annual net sales in excess of $5
million.  The  Company  believes  that  the  commercial  printing  and  document
production business is similarly fragmented in the United Kingdom and in certain
other markets.

     The  printing and document  management  industry has evolved  significantly
over the last several years driven in large part by rapid advances in publishing
and electronic information  technology.  The Company believes that the growth of
the printing and document  production  industry has been due to various factors,
including (i) the  increasing  volume,  complexity  and variety of documents and
printed materials produced by businesses  worldwide,  (ii) the increasing demand
by businesses for the international dissemination of time-sensitive information,
and (iii) the growing trend of businesses to outsource  their in-house  printing
operations (e.g., print shops, copy centers and document management  facilities)
to document  professionals  equipped to provide these services more  efficiently
and cost-effectively.

    
BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The  Company   believes   that  the   fragmented   nature  of  the  graphic
communications  industry  and the limited  capital  resources  available to many
small,  private operators provide the Company with significant  opportunities to
expand  its base of  operations.  The  Company  intends to  continue  its growth
strategy by (i) pursuing  acquisitions and establishing  strategic  alliances to
expand and strengthen the Company's  business reach in target markets worldwide,
(ii) pursuing  outsourcing  opportunities  through the  assimilation of in-house
printing  operations of third-party  businesses,  (iii)  expanding the scope and
volume of services offered, (iv) actively  cross-selling existing or newly-added
products or services to its customers worldwide, and (v) improving the operating
efficiency of its existing operations.

Pursue Acquisitions and Establish Strategic Alliances

     The Company will seek to acquire  complementary  operations  throughout the
United States, United Kingdom and other international markets which, the Company
believes,  possess  attractive  characteristics,   including  concentrations  of
prospective  customers  with  significant  printing  needs,  such  as  financial
institutions.  The Company will typically target acquisition candidates with (i)
annual net sales  ranging from $3.0 to $15.0  million;  (ii)  attractive  growth
prospects within their respective  markets;  (iii)  complementary  technological
capabilities;  (iv)  opportunities for economies of scale and synergies with the
Company; (v) solid reputation with established customer relationships;  and (vi)
an  experienced  management  team.  The Company may also seek to make  "tuck-in"
acquisitions as a means to expand its existing operations, add product lines and
services as well as expand its customer base.

   
     The Company will also seek to establish additional alliances with strategic
partners in targeted  geographic  markets.  This incremental  approach to growth
enables the Company to expand the scope of its  operations  without the need for
substantial  capital  investments  while  mitigating the risks  associated  with
start-up facilities in new markets. In addition,  the Company believes that such
relationships  foster  significant   cross-selling   opportunities  across  each
partners'  respective  customer bases.  The Company believes that such alliances
also provide for future  acquisition  opportunities.  Pursuant to this strategy,
the Company initially  established an alliance with Roda, a United Kingdom-based
printing company.  As part of its growth strategy,  the Company recently entered
into an agreement to acquire Roda, thereby solidifying the Company's presence in
the United Kingdom and European printing  markets.  See "The Company -- The Roda
Acquisition," "Graphic  Communications Services -- Time Sensitive Printing," and
"International Network."     

Expand Provision of Outsourcing Services

     To date,  the  Company has grown,  in part,  through  the  assimilation  of
certain in-house printing  operations of third-party  businesses,  including the
print shop and data output center of Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and the print shop of
Empire Blue Cross/Blue Shield. The Company believes that it is a cost

                                       32

<PAGE>
effective  and an  efficient  provider  of a wide  range  of  in-house  printing
services. The Company typically provides outsourcing services by assuming all or
part  of  the  document  output  and  distribution  responsibilities  previously
performed by a customer's in-house  operations.  In some instances,  the Company
may take over the management of a customer's in-house  operations.  See "Graphic
Communications Services -- Outsourcing Services."

   

Expand the Scope and Volume of Services Offered
    
     The Company  intends to continue to expand the scope and volume of services
provided to its  customers  through the addition of  complementary  products and
services.  The  Company  also  continually  evaluates  opportunities  to add new
equipment to its existing  facilities or enhance its current technology in order
to satisfy the evolving  needs of its customer  base.  In addition,  the Company
regularly evaluates  opportunities to add capacity to its existing operations to
meet any anticipated increase in demand of its larger customers.

Capitalize on Cross-Selling Opportunities
   
     The Company also intends to actively  cross-sell  existing and  newly-added
products or services to its customers worldwide. By leveraging on the wide range
of products and services  offered  through both its own  facilities and those of
its strategic partners in complementary geographic markets, the Company believes
that it can better  serve the needs of  international  customers  by  offering a
"one-stop  shopping"  approach to satisfying  international  printing  needs. In
addition,  the  Company  also  believes  that  it  can  cultivate  new  customer
relationships as a result of introductions  made by its strategic partners whose
respective  customers may require  printing output in the United States or other
markets  served  by the  Company.  The  Company  believes  that its  ability  to
cross-sell the products and services of its  international  alliance provides it
with a distinct competitive advantage.  See "Graphic  Communications Services --
Time Sensitive Printing" and "International Network."     

Improve Efficiency of its Existing Operations

     Central to the Company's  business strategy is to improve the profitability
of its operations by maximizing the efficiency of its existing  facilities while
actively managing its operating and  administrative  costs. The Company believes
that  significant   economies  of  scale  may  be  achieved  by  leveraging  its
underutilized    daytime   production   capacity   through   the   increase   of
non-time-sensitive   business.   A   significant   portion   of  the   Company's
time-sensitive business is currently processed overnight, resulting in available
daytime capacity.  The Company also expects to achieve significant  economies of
scale in conjunction with its acquisition  strategy. In this regard, the Company
expects to (i) consolidate duplicative functions or facilities of newly-acquired
businesses;  (ii) leverage its purchasing  power with its suppliers and employee
benefit  providers;  and (iii) use its  communication  network  to  improve  the
coordination of production, maximize equipment utilization and enhance delivery.

GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES

Time-Sensitive Services
   

     The Company's  primary business focuses on the production of time-sensitive
documents for major financial institutions and corporations.  The Company offers
a wide range of  time-sensitive  services  including the printing,  assembly and
dissemination  of folders,  booklets and adhesive  books on a daily,  weekly and
monthly  basis.  The Company also prints  prospectuses,  annual and  semi-annual
reports for mutual funds customers.

     Typically, the Company converts electronic data received from its customers
on a daily basis into tailored analytical research reports which are printed and
delivered to the  Company's  customers  prior to the start of the next  business
day. The Company's production processes include digital  communications,  offset
and digital printing,  multiple binding  procedures,  branch  fulfillment,  list
maintenance and prompt distribution.  The Company's  technological  capabilities
enable it to produce colorful, attractive products.
    
                                       33
<PAGE>
   
In addition,  the Company's World Research  Link(TM) network enables the Company
to print and  distribute  these  documents,  in  conjunction  with its strategic
partners,  contemporaneously  throughout several  international  locations.  See
"International Network."

     The  demand for  printed  research  and other  time-sensitive  reports  has
continued  to  grow  despite   continuing   developments   in  electronic   data
transmission,  such as the Internet,  which provide  customers with  alternative
methods of transmitting time-sensitive information. The Company expects that the
demand for time-sensitive printed documents will continue to grow due to (i) the
increasing globalization of its customers,  particularly financial institutions,
(ii) the growth and  expansion of  international  capital  markets and (iii) the
increasing volume, complexity and variety of document and printed materials. The
Company  believes that printed  research  reports not only serve as  information
tools,  but serve as marketing tools as well. As such, the Company believes that
customers will continue to demand high quality and colorful  research reports as
they seek to distinguish themselves in their own competition for clients.     

Outsourcing Services

     The Company typically provides outsourcing services by assuming all or part
of the document output and distribution responsibilities previously performed by
a third party's in-house operations. This service often enables such third party
to focus on its core business and to close all or portions of its in-house print
shop  and/or  document  management  and copy  centers and permits the Company to
operate and perform all  services on a remote  basis.  Such third party can also
achieve  significant  cost  savings  on the  cost of  technology,  material  and
services  such as paper and shipping by taking  advantage  of the bulk  purchase
arrangements  which the Company has with its  suppliers.  Thereafter,  the third
party may transmit  computer-generated  data to one of the Company's  production
and printing facilities,  which then processes,  produces and distributes all of
the  reports,  statements  and other  computer-output  documents on an as needed
basis. The Company believes that it can operate print shop,  document management
and copy center  functions  more  efficiently  and cost  effectively  than can a
non-graphic communications company.

     The  Company  has an  established  track  record of  assimilating  into its
existing  operations  the assets and  workforce of  third-party  in-house  print
operations,  including its assimilation of the print shop and data output center
of Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and the print shop of Empire Blue Cross/Blue Shield. In
each of the foregoing transactions,  the Company acquired selected equipment and
inventory on favorable terms and retained a majority of the employees.

Data Output Services

     The Company also provides a variety of data output services,  including the
production  of  trade   confirmations  and  brokerage  and  investment   account
statements for a major financial institution.  In addition, the Company provides
certain database management services to its customers,  including the ability to
output  data  files of  addresses  directly  onto  envelopes  or  other  printed
material,  insert flyers and other  materials  into mailings as well as to offer
presorting of first class mail with bulk postal drop services.

Commercial Printing

     The Company  produces a broad range of  commercial  printing  products that
include  catalogs,  directories,   brochures,  booklets,  folders,  newsletters,
flyers,  sales and marketing kits and manuals.  The type of printing varies from
simple one color documents to complex  multi-color  documents on a wide range of
paper stocks. The Company's  customers for commercial  printing products include
its  financial   institution  clients,   insurance  companies,   healthcare  and
pharmaceutical  companies  and trade  associations.  The Company  also  provides
"overflow"  printing for a number of in-house  print  operations  of  investment
banking firms.  Given the  non-time-sensitive  nature of many of these projects,
the Company typically produces these products during non-critical daytime hours.
The Company  expects to continue  to increase  the volume of daytime  commercial
printing  to  take  advantage  of its  available  non-time-sensitive  production
capacity. See "Sales and Marketing."

                                       34

<PAGE>
PRINTING OPERATIONS

     The Company provides a broad range of graphic communications services for a
wide variety of commercial purposes.  These services commence with the intake of
data,  and  continue  through the  prepress and press  processes,  binding,  and
conclude with fulfillment and distribution. The Company continuously reviews its
printing equipment needs and evaluates  advances in computer hardware,  software
and peripheral equipment,  computer networking and telecommunications systems as
they relate to the Company's operations.

Telecommunications and Order Entry

   
     The Company's capital investment in state-of-the-art telecommunications and
customer  on-line  ordering  systems  allows the  Company to offer its  services
internationally and throughout its customers' organizational network. In lieu of
manual   delivery   of   customer   data  files  or   artwork,   the   Company's
telecommunications  capabilities  allow it to  receive  direct  transmission  of
files,  saving  both  time and  expense  while  increasing  quality  of the work
produced.

     Customers  have  many  alternatives  for  sending  electronic  files to the
Company.  Using a modem,  customers can contact the Company's private and secure
electronic  bulletin  board,  log-in and  transmit  or access  data  files.  For
customers with advanced telecommunications requirements, the Company offers ISDN
line  communication  capability.  For  some of the  Company's  most  significant
customers,  specialized  equipment,  such  as  fractional  T1  lines  have  been
installed.  Customers  having  Internet  access may use available  File Transfer
Protocol  ("FTP") and World Wide Web  applications to send and receive data in a
secure manner.  Secure router-based  connections through proxy servers allow the
Company to control traffic and direct files  containing the text and graphics of
research reports,  marketing materials,  mailing lists, order entry, job tickets
and work  orders,  internationally  through  the  World  Research  Link(TM).  In
addition, the Company has developed a customized order entry system. This system
links the  customer  with the Company and can be accessed by  customers  through
desk-top  computers,  thereby  permitting  customers  to create  an order  while
submitting digital files.     

Prepress Operations

   
     At each of its facilities,  the Company operates a prepress department that
prepares   customer-supplied   text,  data,  artwork  and  images  for  document
production. Using computerized prepress equipment, the Company processes digital
files,  scanned  images and graphics  into  "composed  electronic  files." These
electronic  files are used with a variety of output options,  including  digital
printing,  conventional offset printing or for electronic publishing, such as on
the Internet. In addition,  the Company can distribute composed electronic files
that  include text and graphics in various  formats  through the World  Research
Link(TM)  to  other  facilities  for  document  production.  See  "International
Network."     

     The Company believes that enhanced digital printing technology will further
facilitate  multi-purpose  uses by its customers of the same  electronic  files.
Digital printing  technology will augment the Company's ability to return to the
customer a printed  document plus a reformatted  document which can then be used
on multiple media  platforms  including the Internet,  the customer's  intranet,
multiple on-line information services and broadcast faxing.

Press Operations

     The Company operates 12 presses in its Jersey City facility, seven of which
are web  presses  and five of which are  sheet-fed  presses.  The  Company  also
operates  five presses in its Manhattan  facility,  two of which are web presses
and three of which are sheet-fed presses.  In London,  Roda operates 10 presses,
all of which are sheet-fed presses. The Company's presses vary in size and speed
and can produce printed materials that range in page size, type of paper, number
of pages and the amount of color required.

                                       35
<PAGE>
     The Company currently has four digital presses,  one located in Jersey City
and three in New York City,  and  intends to add  digital  press  capability  in
London.  Two of the Company's  digital presses have in-line binding  attachments
which allow for the  production of finished  booklets.  These presses are linked
directly to the Company's  computerized network and are currently being utilized
for the  production of research  reports,  personalized  health care  documents,
confirmations  of trade,  client  statements  and general  print  products.  The
Company has  developed  the ability to provide  digital  printing  services as a
complement  to offset  printing.  For  smaller  runs,  digital  printing is more
efficient and reliable than printing on traditional presses and often results in
a product of higher quality and better resolution. Digital printing involves the
integration of a variety of systems that compile data, scan images,  and compose
data and images.  Through  high-speed  computers,  data may be received directly
from  customers  and  put  directly  on  the  press,   eliminating   the  costly
intermediate steps involved in the traditional printing process.

Binding Services

     At each facility,  the Company operates a bindery  department which provide
various finishing services. The Company's finishing services include cutting and
folding, saddle stitching,  punching, collation and inserting, and at the Jersey
City facility,  perfect  binding and  shrink-wrapping.  By offering a variety of
finishing  services,  the Company can offer its clients  expeditious  service as
well as a wide range of finishing service options.

Fulfillment Services

     At each facility, the Company also operates a fulfillment department.  Many
of  the  documents   prepared  for  customers  need  to  be  stored  for  future
distribution,  both  electronically  and physically.  The Company's  fulfillment
department  stores materials and assembles orders for distribution upon customer
request. Printed components are assembled into kits and are packed individually,
or in bulk, for delivery.  Upon completion of the order, the fulfillment  system
relieves  the  distribution  from the  customer's  inventory  and  generates  an
activity  report for  inventory  control.  For those  customers who require mail
distribution,  the Company operates a mailing department in each location. Using
inkjet and cheshirre labeling  machines,  electronic mailing lists are addressed
on envelopes. Documents are inserted into envelopes, sealed and sorted for mail.

Management Information System

     The Company's  personnel utilize a comprehensive and integrated  management
information  system  which  gathers  data  from  all  departments  and  provides
management  with job status and  historical  information.  The system is divided
into several fully  integrated  modules  consisting of  estimating,  production,
purchasing,  inventory and accounting modules.  This system gives management the
ability to monitor  all work orders and  department  costs  against  budgets and
profit  goals.  Using  this  system,  management  can also track the status of a
particular  work order as it moves through the  production  process.  The system
permits the Company to (i) determine the most efficient and cost-effective means
of completing  particular  work orders,  (ii) give customers  pricing  estimates
quickly,  (iii) measure  pressroom  efficiency  and waste,  (iv) analyze  buying
patterns,  pricing  and usage for  inventory  control  purposes  and (v) produce
customized financial statements, reports and analyses.

   
INTERNATIONAL NETWORK

     In 1994, the Company, in conjunction with its strategic partners, developed
an  international  network  known as the World  Research  Link(TM)  designed  to
facilitate the expeditious  distribution of  time-sensitive  financial  research
reports  throughout  select  international  financial  markets,  24 hours a day.
Through the use of high speed electronic links among the Company's facilities in
the United  States and its  strategic  partners  in the United  Kingdom and Hong
Kong,  the Company is able to print  research  reports  concurrently  throughout
these three principal international financial markets.

     The Company's  strategic  partner in the United  Kingdom is Roda, a leading
research report printer  established in 1976. Roda's principal customers include
the London  branches of numerous  major  international  financial  institutions,
including Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and Lehman
    

                                       36
<PAGE>
   
Brothers  Inc., as well as other major  international  institutions,  such as J.
Henry Schroder & Co.  Limited,  Indosuez W.I. Carr  Securities Ltd. and ABN-AMRO
Hoare Govett.  Concurrently with the Offering, the Company will acquire Roda and
will subsequently seek to integrate its operations within the Company.

     The  Company's  strategic  partner  in  Hong  Kong  is  Workable  Co.  Ltd.
("Workable"),  a leading research report printer established in 1988. Workable's
principal   customers   include  the  Hong  Kong  branches  of  numerous   major
international  financial  institutions,  including  Credit  Suisse  First Boston
Corporation,  Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. and Indosuez W.I. Carr  Securities  Ltd.
Workable maintains around-the-clock  operations and provides overnight shipments
to other principal  financial centers throughout Asia.  Workable has invested in
state-of-the art printing and data  communications  technology to facilitate the
receipt  and   distribution   of   electronic   data  files  and  Japanese  data
transmissions.  The Company and Workable have implemented a joint marketing plan
which  provides  the  Company  with  potential  cross-selling  opportunities  to
Workable's customers who maintain operations in New York and London.

     The  Company  intends to  continue  to expand its World  Research  Link(TM)
through the establishment of additional  strategic alliances  throughout Europe,
South America and Asia. The Company regards its  international  relationships as
cross-selling  opportunities  and intends to develop  additional joint marketing
alliances  whereby the Company and its strategic  partners each expect to derive
business from their respective  customers'  operations in various  international
markets.     

SALES AND MARKETING

     The Company's  marketing  activities are handled  primarily through its own
sales  force  consisting  of nine  individuals,  a few of whom  hold  management
positions.  Following  the  Acquisition,  the Company  will have two salesmen in
London.  The  Company's  sales  representatives  are generally  organized  among
customer industry groups, such as financial  services,  healthcare and insurance
and by specific printing and document output services,  such as research reports
and on-demand  mutual fund reports and  commercial  printing.  In addition,  the
Company employs customer service  representatives to provide on-going support to
existing customers and to oversee the implementation of new customer projects.

   
     The Company currently has approximately 350 customers in the United States,
including financial institutions,  healthcare companies, trade organizations and
retail and manufacturing  firms. The Company's four largest customers,  Goldman,
Sachs & Co., The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America,  Credit Suisse First
Boston  Corporation  and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.  accounted for  approximately
24%,  13%, 10% and 10%  respectively,  of the  Company's  net sales for the year
ended December 31, 1997. After giving effect to the  Acquisition,  the Company's
four  largest  customers,  Goldman,  Sach  & Co.,  Credit  Suisse  First  Boston
Corporation,  Lehman  Brothers  Inc., and The  Prudential  Insurance  Company of
America, accounted for approximately 20%, 12%, 11% and 11%, respectively, of the
Company's net sales on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 1997.

     In 1997,  Roda's  largest  customers  were Lehman  Brothers Inc. and Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation,  which accounted for approximately 25% and 22%,
respectively,  of its sales.  Roda's next three largest customers in London were
J. Henry Schroder & Co. Limited, Indosuez W.I. Carr Securities Ltd. and ABN-AMRO
Hoare Govett.  Combined, these five customers accounted for approximately 86% of
Roda's sales during 1997.
    
     The Company  believes that its quality of its work  product,  timeliness of
performance,  on-going customer support and its ability to customize services to
serve  specific  client  needs  have  contributed  to its  record of  successful
customer  retention.  The Company  encourages its major  customers to enter into
service contracts specifying certain types of business for a defined period. The
Company  believes  that such  contracts  enable it to improve its order flow and
provides it with a more predictable  volume of business.  The Company intends to
add sales  representatives  and customer  support staff to further  increase its
customer base in additional  markets and to augment its volume of  non-financial
commercial printing.

COMPETITION

     The  commercial   printing  and  document  production  industry  is  highly
competitive.  The Company  competes with a variety of  companies,  many of which
possess significantly greater financial and other resources than the Company. In
the New York market, the Company competes with Bowne & Co., R.R.

                                       37

<PAGE>
Donnelly, Xerox Business Services, Big Flower Press Holdings, Inc. and Merrill
Corporation, and numerous smaller operations, in the printing of time-sensitive
documents. Roda's major competitor in the London market is Williams Lea Ltd. (a
strategic partner of Bowne & Co.).

     The Company  believes that the principal  competitive  factors in providing
printing and document output services include technological  expertise,  quality
and accuracy,  turnaround time,  fulfillment,  price,  reliability,  security of
service,  reputation,  client  industry  expertise,  capacity  and  personalized
customer  support and service.  No assurances can be given that the Company will
be able to compete  effectively  against the larger  companies  in the  printing
industry.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

     Under various  environmental laws,  ordinances and regulations in effect in
the United States,  a current or previous owner or operator of real property may
be held liable for the cost of removal or  remediation  of certain  hazardous or
toxic substances, including, without limitation,  asbestos-containing materials,
that could be located on, in or under such property.  Such laws and  regulations
often impose clean-up  responsibility  and liability whether or not the owner or
operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of the hazardous or toxic
substances,  and liability under such laws has been  interpreted to be joint and
several  unless  the harm is  divisible  and  there is a  reasonable  basis  for
allocation of  responsibility.  Existing laws of a similar  nature in the United
Kingdom will be replaced and  strengthened  when new laws for the remediation of
contaminated   land  become   effective.   These  laws  will   impose   clean-up
responsibility on a proportionate basis. Primary clean-up responsibility will be
imposed on those who caused or knowingly permitted the presence of the hazardous
or toxic substances.  If no such persons can be found, then the current owner or
occupier may have clean-up responsibility. The costs of any required remediation
or  removal  of  hazardous  or toxic  substances  could be  substantial  and the
liability of an owner or operator as to any  property is  generally  not limited
under such laws and  regulations  and could exceed the property's  value and the
aggregate  assets of the owner or operator.  The presence of these substances or
failure to remediate  such  substances  properly may also  adversely  affect the
owner's ability to sell or rent the property, or to borrow using the property as
collateral.  Under these laws and  regulations in the United  States,  an owner,
operator or an entity that  arranges  for the  disposal  of  hazardous  or toxic
substances,  such as asbestos-containing  materials, at a disposal site may also
be liable for the costs of any required  remediation or removal of the hazardous
or toxic  substances  at the  disposal  site.  In the United  Kingdom,  laws and
regulations require the owner or operator disposing of such substances to ensure
disposal at a properly licensed  disposal site.  Failure to do so is a violation
of law. In  connection  with the ownership or operation of its  properties,  the
Company  could be liable  for  these  costs,  as well as  certain  other  costs,
including governmental fines and injuries to persons or properties. As a result,
the  presence,  with or without the Company's  knowledge,  of hazardous or toxic
substances  at any  property  held or  operated by the  Company,  or acquired or
operated  by the  Company in the  future,  could  have an adverse  effect on the
Company's business,  financial condition and results of operations. No assurance
can be given  that  existing  environmental  audits  with  respect to any of the
Company's  properties reveal all  environmental  liabilities.  In addition,  the
Company's  activities  are also governed by laws and  regulations  affecting the
health and safety of its  employees,  including the United  States  Occupational
Safety and Health Act ("OSHA") and the United  Kingdom Health and Safety at Work
etc. Act 1974 and the numerous  regulations issued under it. Among other things,
these laws and regulations  require the Company to obtain and maintain  licenses
and permits and carry out risk  assessments in connection  with its  operations.
This extensive regulatory  framework imposes significant  compliance burdens and
risks  on the  Company.  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws,  rules  or
regulations  or  permitting  requirements  could  subject  the  Company to civil
remedies,  including  fines  and  injunctions,  as  well  as  possible  criminal
sanctions, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

LITIGATION

     The Company is, from time to time, a party to legal proceedings  arising in
the normal  course of its business.  Management  believes that none of the legal
proceedings  currently  outstanding  will have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

                                       38
<PAGE>
FACILITIES

     The  Company  leases  approximately  110,000  square  feet  of  office  and
production  space at its principal  location in Jersey City,  New Jersey under a
lease  which  expires  on  February  29,  2000.   The  Company  also   subleases
approximately  25,000 square feet of production space in Manhattan from Goldman,
Sachs & Co. under an agreement which expires December 30, 1999. In the Southwark
area of  London,  Roda  leases  approximately  8,000  square  feet of office and
production  space  under an  agreement  which  expires  on the date  five  years
subsequent to the closing of the Acquisition  and leases nearby  warehouse space
under a lease which expires September 28, 2000.

EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately 370 employees in the
United States, all of which were employed on a full-time basis. As of such date,
255 United  States-based  employees  were  members  of the  United  Paperworkers
International  Union, with which the Company has a memorandum of agreement which
expires on June 30, 2000.  As of December 31, 1997,  Roda had  approximately  50
full-time  employees,  of which  approximately  30 were  members of the National
Graphical Association, a labor union in the United Kingdom. The Company believes
that it is in compliance with its labor  agreements and that its labor relations
are good.














                                       39

<PAGE>
                                  MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth certain  information  concerning each of the
Company's directors, executive officers, designees to the Board of Directors who
will become  directors  following  the  consummation  of the  Offering and a key
employee of Roda:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                 AGE               POSITION WITH THE COMPANY
- ----------------------------------- ----- --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>   <C>
Directors and Executive Officers
Michael R. Cunningham .............  38   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                                           Executive Officer
Gordon Mays .......................  41   Director and Executive Vice President
Timothy Mays ......................  39   Executive Vice President of Sales; Secretary
Robert Needle .....................  39   Chief Operating Officer
Robert M. Okin* ...................  52   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Ioannis Lykogiannis ...............  46   Senior Vice President, Operations
Peter L. Furlonge .................  45   Managing Director of Roda
James J. Cunningham ...............  40   Director

Designees to the Board of Directors
Arnold Spinner** ..................  63   Director Designee
Norman R. Malo** ..................  47   Director Designee
Laurence Gerber** .................  41   Director Designee
Stanley J. Moss** .................  68   Director Designee
</TABLE>
    

   
- ---------- 
*   Mr. Okin will join the Company on April 6, 1998 as Senior Vice President and
    Chief Financial Officer.

**  Upon consummation of the Offering,  it is anticipated that Messrs.  Spinner,
    Malo, Gerber and Moss will become directors.

Directors and Officers

     Michael R. Cunningham,  the principal founder of the Company,  has been the
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since its inception. He has
spent his entire  professional  career in the printing  and document  production
industry.   He  also  teaches   Quality   Control  at  the  Center  for  Graphic
Communications Management and Technology of New York University.  Mr. Cunningham
has a Masters Degree in Graphic  Communications,  Management and Technology from
New York University.

     Gordon Mays has served as a director and  Executive  Vice  President of the
Company  since 1991.  He is presently  responsible  for  marketing  and business
development  and is also  responsible  for overseeing  the Company's  management
information services departments, including overseeing cost control measures and
governmental  compliance.  He has spent his  entire  professional  career in the
printing and document  production  industry.  From 1977 to 1991, Mr. G. Mays was
employed by Latham Process  Corporation  where he was responsible for production
and sales.

     Timothy Mays has served as Executive  Vice President of Sales and Secretary
of the Company  since  1991.  He  presently  oversees  sales to major  corporate
clients.  He has spent  his  entire  professional  career  in the  printing  and
document  production  industry.  From 1979 to 1991,  Mr. T. Mays was employed by
Latham Process Corporation where he was engaged in sales. Messrs T. Mays and G.

Mays are first-cousins.

     Robert Needle joined the Company in 1995 and has served as Chief  Operating
Officer of the Company  since  February  1998.  Mr. Needle has served in various
capacities for the Company since 1995, including Co-Chief Operating Officer from
January 1997 to February  1998.  He is  responsible  for all  operations  of the
Company.  He has spent  his  entire  professional  career  in the  printing  and
document  production  industry.  From 1988 to 1995,  Mr.  Needle was employed by
Goldman Sachs & Co.,  first as Art Director of the Graphics  Department and then
as Manager of Print Operations.     

                                       40

<PAGE>
   
     Robert M. Okin will join the Company in April 1998 as Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Okin has held senior executive positions in the
printing industry for 24 years.  Since June 1997, he has been Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of Applied Printing  Technologies,  L.P. In 1995, he was
employed by The Corporate Printing Company, an international  financial printing
company,  as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,  and remained
with its successor,  Merrill Corporation,  until 1997. From 1993 to 1994, he was
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer of The Berkline  Corporation.
Prior  thereto,  he  held  senior  financial  officer  positions  with  Webcraft
Technologies,  Inc.  and  Polychrome  Corporation.  Mr.  Okin is  licensed  as a
certified public accountant in the State of New York.

     Ioannis Lykogiannis has served as Senior Vice President,  Operations of the
Company since 1995.  Mr.  Lykogiannis  has served in various  capacities for the
Company since 1991, including Plant Manager from 1991 to 1995. He is responsible
for all internal production  operations of the Company.  From approximately 1984
to 1991,  Mr.  Lykogiannis  was  employed by Latham  Process  Corporation,  most
recently as a Plant Production Manager.

     Peter L. Furlonge has been an executive  officer of Roda since 1989 and its
Managing  Director  since  1995.  Prior  to his  employment  by  Roda,  he was a
financial officer for various construction  companies,  including Foster Wheeler
in South Africa, where he was a manager of financial accounting. Mr. Furlonge is
a Qualified Chartered Secretary in England.
    

     James J.  Cunningham  has been a Director of the Company since 1989. He has
been engaged in the private practice of law in San Diego, California since 1987,
and  specializes  in workers  compensation  and labor and  employment  law.  Mr.
Cunningham is the brother of Michael R.  Cunningham,  the Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Designees to the Board of Directors

     It is expected  that upon the  consummation  of the  Offering,  each of the
following individuals will become directors of the Company:

     Arnold  Spinner,  Ph.D,  has been the  Director  of the Center for  Graphic
Communications  Management and Technology of New York University  since 1984. He
has held various  teaching and  administrative  positions at New York University
since 1965.

   
     Norman R. Malo has been President and Chief  Operating  Officer of National
Financial  Services  Corporation,  a subsidiary  of Fidelity  Investments  since
November  1997.  From 1993 to November  1997, he was a Managing  Director in the
Trading  Services  Division of Lehman  Brothers Inc. From 1991 to 1993, he was a
Director of Corporate Services/Human Resources with Shearson Lehman Brothers.

     Laurence  Gerber is Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer of Epoch Senior
Living,  Inc., which he co-founded in late 1997.  Prior thereto,  since 1991, he
was President and Chief Executive  Officer of Berkshire Group. From 1991 to 1997
he was also President and Chief Executive  Officer of Berkshire Realty Co., Inc.
(NYSE).  From June 1996 to  October  1997 he was a  director  and  member of the
executive committee of Harborside Healthcare Corporation (NYSE).

     Stanley J. Moss is a lawyer engaged in the solo practice of law since 1992.
From  1992  to  1994  he  acted  as  corporate  counsel  to  Brenner  Securities
Corporation.  Prior  thereto he was of counsel to the law firm Katten,  Muchin &
Zavis.  From 1987 to 1990 he was employed as a Senior Vice President,  Secretary
and Corporate  Counsel by Drexel Burnham Lambert Inc. From 1993 to 1997 he was a
trustee  of  Mid-Atlantic  Realty  Trust  (NYSE)  and from 1992 to 1995 he was a
director of Ground Round Restaurants, Inc. (NASDAQ NMS).

Key Employees

     Robert M. Zanisnik has served as Senior Vice President of the Company since
he joined the Company in 1995. He is responsible for all production and customer
service activities of the Company.  From 1970 to 1995, Mr. Zanisnik was employed
by The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America,  most recently as a Manager of
Print Operations.     

                                       41
<PAGE>
   
     Kenneth G. Hay has served as Vice President of Finance of the Company since
February  1998.  Mr.  Hay has  served as a  principal  financial  officer of the
Company  since he joined the  Company in 1997.  Prior to  joining  the  Company,
during the period 1992 through  1996,  he was Vice  President  Finance and Chief
Financial  Officer of Dana Perfumes  Corporation.  He is licensed as a certified
public accountant in the State of New Jersey.     

     George Leos has served as Vice  President,  Production of the Company since
1995.  Mr. Leos has served in various  capacities  for the  Company  since 1992,
including  Production  Supervisor  from 1992 to 1995. He is responsible  for all
scheduling and production  planning of the Company.  From  approximately 1971 to
1992,  Mr. Leos was employed by Latham Process  Corporation,  most recently as a
Production printing Superintendent.

     Richard  Monica has served as the  controller  of the  Company  since 1991.
Prior  thereto,  and since 1987, Mr. Monica served as controller of Kenny Press,
Inc., a commercial  printer.  From 1976 through  1988, he served as an assistant
accounting manager at Automatic Switch, a division of Emerson Electric, Inc.

Classified Board

   
     Effective  upon the closing of the Offering,  the Company will  implement a
staggered  Board of  Directors  consisting  of three  classes,  with each  class
containing,  as nearly as  practicable,  an equal number of  directors.  Messrs.
Spinner,  Gerber and Moss will be Class A Directors,  for a term expiring at the
1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,  Messrs.  Malo and James J. Cunningham will
be  Class B  Directors,  for a term  expiring  at the  2000  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders,  and Messrs. Gordon Mays and Michael R. Cunningham will be Class C
Directors,  for a term  expiring  at the 2001  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders.
Commencing with the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,  directors of one class
will be  elected  for a three year  term.  See  "Description  of  Securities  --
Staggered Board of Directors."     

     Executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
   

     The Board of Directors of the Company has created two committees, the Audit
Committee and the Compensation Committee.  The members of the committees will be
designated  following the  consummation of the Offering.  It is anticipated that
Messrs.  Spinner,  Malo and Moss  will  comprise  the Audit  Committee  and that
Messrs. Malo, Spinner and Gerber will comprise the Compensation  Committee.  The
Audit  Committee  periodically  reviews the  Company's  auditing  practices  and
procedures and makes  recommendations to management or to the Board of Directors
as to any changes to such practices and procedures deemed necessary from time to
time to comply with applicable  auditing rules,  regulations and practices,  and
recommends   independent   auditors  for  the  Company  to  be  elected  by  the
stockholders.  A majority of the members of the Audit  Committee will be outside
directors. The Compensation Committee meets periodically to make recommendations
to the Board of Directors  concerning the  compensation  and benefits payable to
the Company's executive officers and other senior executives and administers the
Company's stock option plan for employees. See "Stock Option Plans."     

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
   
     The  following  table  sets forth the  compensation  paid or accrued by the
Company for services  rendered in all capacities for the Chief Executive Officer
and  the  four  most  highly  compensated  executive  officers  of  the  Company
(collectively,  the "Named  Executive  Officers")  during the fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1997.     

                                       42

<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  LONG TERM
                                              ANNUAL COMPENSATION            COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                       ---------------------------------    SECURITIES UNDERLYING
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION        YEAR     SALARY($)     BONUS($)          OPTIONS(#)
- ------------------------------------   ------   -----------   ----------   ----------------------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>
Michael R. Cunningham,
 President and Chief
 Executive Officer                     1997     $347,798            --               --
                                       1996     $324,314            --               --
                                       1995     $305,476            --               --
Gordon Mays,
 Executive Vice President              1997     $170,664       $40,775               --
                                       1996     $153,448            --               --
                                       1995     $134,632            --               --
Timothy Mays,
 Executive Vice President of Sales     1997     $230,150       $36,638               --
                                       1996     $221,137            --               --
                                       1995     $266,650            --               --
Robert Needle,
 Chief Operating Officer               1997     $159,116       $25,000               --
                                       1996     $133,251       $15,000               --
                                       1995     $ 95,231            --               --
Ioannis Lykogiannis,
 Senior Vice President                 1997     $111,690       $14,234               --
                                       1996     $101,336       $ 1,500               --
                                       1995     $ 88,933            --               --
</TABLE>
    
     Pursuant to their employment  agreements,  each of Messrs.  Cunningham,  G.
Mays, T. Mays,  Needle and  Lykogiannis  will receive base salaries of $250,000,
$175,000, $150,000, $155,000 and $119,000, respectively following the completion
of the Offering. See "Employment Agreements."

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

     Directors  who are  employees  of the  Company  do not  receive  additional
compensation  for serving as directors.  Each director who is not an employee of
the Company  receives  an annual  retainer  of $6,000 and an  additional  fee of
$1,000  for  each  day's  attendance  at a Board  of  Directors  meeting  and/or
committee meeting or $500 for participation in a telephone  conference  meeting.
Under the Company's Directors' Stock Option Plan, each non-employee Director has
been granted an option to acquire  15,000  shares of Common Stock at the initial
public  offering price and will  automatically  receive options to acquire 4,000
shares of Common Stock each year, commencing in 1999. See "Stock Option Plans --
The Directors'  Stock Option Plan."  Directors of the Company are reimbursed for
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in their capacity as directors of the Company.

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     During the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  there  were no stock  options
granted to the Named Executive Officers.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

   
     Michael R.  Cunningham,  Gordon Mays,  Timothy  Mays,  Robert M.  Zanisnik,
Robert  Needle,  Robert  M.  Okin and  Ioannis  Lykogiannis  have  entered  into
employment agreements with the Company which are effective upon the consummation
of the Offering.  Mr.  Furlonge will enter into a new employment  agreement with
the Company which will become effective upon the closing of the Acquisition.
    

     The  agreement  with Mr.  Cunningham  is for a term of three  years.  He is
employed as President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company with general
supervisory authority of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and is
charged with the  responsibility  of preparing and implementing a strategic plan
and seeking out and consummating  acquisitions,  in accordance with policies set
by the Board of Directors.  Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Cunningham
is paid an annual salary

                                       43
<PAGE>
of $250,000,  which may be increased  from time to time at the discretion of the
Board  of  Directors.  He is also  entitled  to an  annual  bonus  in an  amount
determined  by the  Compensation  Committee  based upon the  realization  of the
Company's goals during such year.

     The agreement with Mr. G. Mays is for a term of three years. He is employed
as Executive  Vice President of the Company with  responsibility  for marketing,
business  development  and  information  systems.  Pursuant  to  his  employment
agreement,  Mr.  G.  Mays is paid an annual  salary  of  $175,000,  which may be
increased from time to time at the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  He is
also  entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined  by the  Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year.

     The agreement with Mr. T. Mays is for a term of three years. He is employed
as Executive  Vice  President of Sales of the Company  with  responsibility  for
overseeing major corporate  accounts and identifying new customers.  Pursuant to
his  employment  agreement,  Mr. T. Mays is paid an annual  salary of  $150,000,
which  may be  increased  from  time to time at the  discretion  of the Board of
Directors. He is also entitled to an annual bonus in an amount determined by the
Compensation  Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during
such year and to commissions on net sales to certain customers of the Company.

     The agreement with Mr. Needle is for a term of three years.  He is employed
as  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Company  with   responsibility  for  all
manufacturing  and  customer  service  operations.  Pursuant  to his  employment
agreement,  Mr.  Needle  is paid an  annual  salary  of  $155,000,  which may be
increased from time to time at the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  He is
also  entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined  by the  Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year and
to commissions on net sales to certain customers of the Company.

   
     The  agreement  with Mr.  Okin has a term of one year,  beginning  April 6,
1998. He will be employed as Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer
of the Company with supervisory authority over the finance,  human resources and
management  information  services  departments  of the Company.  Pursuant to his
employment agreement,  Mr. Okin is paid an annual salary of $145,000,  which may
be increased from time to time at the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  He
is also entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined by the Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year.

    
     The  agreement  with Mr.  Lykogiannis  is for a term of three years.  He is
employed  as  a  Senior  Vice   President,   Operations   of  the  Company  with
responsibility  for  all  internal  production   operations.   Pursuant  to  his
employment agreement, Mr. Lykogiannis is paid an annual salary of $119,000 which
may be increased from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

     The  agreement  with  Mr.  Zanisnik  is for a term of  three  years.  He is
employed as a Senior Vice President of the Company with  responsibility  for all
production  and  customer  service   activities.   Pursuant  to  his  employment
agreement,  Mr.  Zanisnik  is paid an  annual  salary of  $88,000,  which may be
increased from time to time at the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  He is
also  entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined  by the  Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year and
to commissions on net sales to certain customers of the Company.

   
     The agreements with each of Messrs. Cunningham, G. Mays, T. Mays, Zanisnik,
Needle and Lykogiannis are automatically  extended for additional periods of one
year effective on the second  anniversary of the  commencement  date and on each
anniversary  thereafter  (the "Renewal Date") unless the Company gives notice to
the contrary at least six months prior to the Renewal Date.  The agreement  with
Mr. Okin is automatically extended for additional periods of one year unless the
Company  gives  notice to the  contrary at least three  months in advance of the
scheduled termination date. Each of the executive officers is entitled to a lump
sum payment in the amount of one-half  times his then annual salary in the event
of a termination  without cause, and, except in the case of Mr. Okin, a lump sum
payment  in the  amount  of two  times  his then  annual  salary  in the event a
termination  without  cause  within one year after a "Change of Control." In Mr.
Okin's case, the payment under such circumstances     

                                       44
<PAGE>
   
increases  from  one-half of his then annual salary to two times his then annual
salary over a period of two years.  Except in the case of Mr. Okin,  each of the
foregoing  individuals  is  entitled  to a lump sum payment in the amount of two
times his then annual salary in the event of a termination  of employment by the
employee for "Good  Reason" as defined under each of the  respective  employment
agreements.   Each  of  the  foregoing   individuals   is  also  entitled  to  a
comprehensive  medical  indemnity  policy for himself and his family,  long-term
disability  insurance  and such other  benefits as the Board of Directors  shall
adopt and approve.  Messrs.  Cunningham,  G. Mays, T. Mays, Okin and Needle also
receive a car allowance.     

     The  agreement  between Roda and Mr.  Furlonge is for a term of at least 18
months, and continues until terminated by either party upon at least six months'
prior notice.  Mr.  Furlonge is employed as a senior  executive of Roda with the
job  title  Managing  Director.   He  is  paid  an  annual  salary  of  $163,000
(Pounds100,000),  which is subject to  increase  each year by an amount at least
equal to the percentage  increase in a consumer price index over the prior year.
He  is  also  entitled  to an  annual  bonus  in an  amount  determined  by  the
Compensation  Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during
such year.  He is  entitled to a lump sum payment in the amount of two times his
then annual  salary  following  a "Change in  Control"  of Roda or the  Company,
provided that he continues to work for at least six months  following the Change
of Control  (or,  if longer,  for such  period of time  following  the Change of
Control to ensure that he has  completed at least 18 months of service under the
agreement).  If his  employment  is  terminated,  except for cause,  following a
Change in  Control,  the lump sum  payment  would be  payable  immediately.  Mr.
Furlonge  is also  entitled  to medical  insurance  for  himself and his family,
continued  participation in Roda's pension plan, life insurance in the amount of
four times his annual salary and a car allowance.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

1998 Stock Option Plan

     In February  1998,  the Board of Directors and the sole  stockholder of the
Company  adopted the 1998 Stock Option Plan ("1998  Plan") and reserved  450,000
shares of Common  Stock  for  issuance  thereunder.  The Plan  provides  for the
granting to employees  (including  employee  directors  and officers) of options
intended  to  qualify  as  incentive   stock  options   within  the  meaning  of
(section)422 of the Code and for the granting of  nonstatutory  stock options to
employees  and  consultants.  The 1998  Plan is  currently  administered  by the
Company's Compensation Committee.

     The 1998 Plan  provides for the granting of both  Incentive  Stock  Options
("ISOs") and  nonstatutory  stock options (a "NSO") and in connection  with such
options the granting of stock appreciation rights (an "SAR") or additional stock
options,  known as progressive stock options, in the event the grantee exercises
such stock  options by  surrendering  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company (a
"PSO").  NSOs and SARs may be  issued  to any key  employee  or  officer  of the
Company  or  its  subsidiaries,  or  any  other  person  who  is an  independent
contractor,  agent or consultant of the Company or its  subsidiaries but not any
director  of the Company  who is not an  employee  of the  Company.  ISOs may be
issued to key  employees and officers of the Company and its  subsidiaries,  but
not to  any  independent  contractor,  agent  or  consultant.  The  Compensation
Committee  also  determines the times at which options will vest and will become
exercisable,  their transferability and the dates, not more than ten years after
the date of grant, on which options will expire.  In the event of a tender offer
for more than 25% of the Company's  outstanding  stock, or a "change in control"
(as defined in the 1998 Plan) of the Company,  all  outstanding  options  become
immediately  exercisable.  The fair  market  value of the stock with  respect to
which  ISOs under the 1998 Plan or any other plan of the  Company  first  become
exercisable  may not exceed  $100,000 in any year. The option price of an ISO is
to be at least 100% of the fair  market  value on the date of grant (110% in the
case of optionees  holding more than ten percent of the combined voting power of
all  classes of stock of the  Company).  The 1998  Plan,  however,  permits  the
Compensation  Committee to grant NSOs at any exercise price  consistent with the
purposes of the 1998 Plan,  whether or not such  exercise  price is equal to the
fair  market  value of the  stock on the date of grant of the NSO.  NSOs with an
exercise  price of less than fair  market  value on the date of grant  would not
qualify as performance-based compensation under (section)162(m) of the Code and,
therefore, any

                                       45

<PAGE>
compensation  expense  generated  by the exercise of such an option would not be
deductible  by the Company when the Company is  considered to be subject to such
Section,  if the optionee is a "covered  employee" who is paid compensation from
the Company in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 in the year of exercise.

     Options  may be  exercised  by the payment of the  exercise  price in cash,
Common Stock or a combination thereof. Subject to compliance with the provisions
of applicable  governmental  regulations,  the Compensation Committee may make a
loan for the purpose of exercising  any option granted under the 1998 Plan to an
optionee  in an amount not to exceed  100% of the  purchase  price of the shares
acquired upon  exercise of the options.  The loan must be secured by a pledge of
shares of the Company  having an  aggregate  purchase  price equal to or greater
than the amount of the loan.

     The  1998  Plan  permits  the  Compensation  Committee  to  grant  SARs  in
connection  with any option granted under the 1998 Plan. SARs enable an optionee
to  surrender  an option and to receive a payment  in cash or Common  Stock,  as
determined by the Compensation  Committee,  equal to the difference  between the
fair market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of  surrender of the related
option and the option price.

     The 1998 Plan also  permits  the  Compensation  Committee  to grant PSOs in
connection  with any option granted under the 1998 Plan. PSOs enable an optionee
to receive  additional stock options in the event the grantee  exercises a stock
option,  in whole or in part,  by  surrendering  shares of  Common  Stock of the
Company.  Any PSO granted  will be for a number of shares equal to the number of
surrendered  shares of Common Stock,  shall not be exercisable  for a minimum of
six months  from the grant date of the  option,  shall have an option  price per
share  equal to 100% of the fair  market  value of a share of stock on the grant
date and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Compensation
Committee may determine.

   
     At the time of the  Offering,  options  covering  an  aggregate  of 230,700
shares of Common Stock will be outstanding under the 1998 Plan including options
to purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock granted to each of Messrs.  Needle and
Lykogiannis  and options to purchase  45,000 shares  granted to Mr. Okin. All of
such options will expire ten years after the date of grant, and have an exercise
price per share,  subject to adjustment,  equal to the initial  public  offering
price.  Of the above  230,700  options,  175,000  will be fully  vested upon the
consummation of the Offering and the remaining 55,700 will vest over a period of
three years.     

The Directors' Stock Option Plan

     In February  1998,  the Board of Directors and the sole  stockholder of the
Company  adopted the Directors'  Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors'  Plan") and
reserved  150,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  insurance   thereunder.   The
individuals  eligible to participate in the Directors' Plan are each Director of
the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (an
"Outside Director").

   

     Under the terms of the Directors'  Plan,  upon the closing of the Offering,
each Outside Director  automatically receives an NSO to acquire 15,000 shares of
Common Stock at the initial public offering price.  Accordingly,  at the time of
the  Offering,  options  covering an aggregate of 75,000  shares of Common Stock
will be outstanding  under the Directors' Plan. In addition,  beginning in 1999,
on the first  business day of the month  following the month in which the annual
meeting of  stockholders  occurs,  each  Outside  Director  shall  automatically
receive  an NSO for the  purchase  of 4,000  shares of Common  Stock at the fair
market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of grant.  New Outside  Directors
shall  receive an NSO for the  purchase  of 15,000  shares of Common  Stock upon
their initial  election as directors.  All options  granted under the Directors'
Plan will be fully vested six months after the date of grant.

    
     Options under the  Directors'  Plan will have a term of ten years and shall
not be exercisable  until six months  following the date of grant.  Payment upon
exercise  may be made  only in cash or by  check.  In the case of a  person  who
ceases to be an Outside Director for reasons other than death, the options shall
not be exercisable after the third anniversary of the date such person ceased to
be an Outside Director.  In the case of death, options that have not expired may
not be exercised by executors,  administrators, heirs or distributees, after the
first anniversary of the date of death.

                                       46

<PAGE>
     The Board of Directors has the authority to amend,  suspend or  discontinue
the Directors' Plan but the Board of Directors may not,  without the approval of
stockholders,  make  any  amendment  which  (i)  makes a change  in the  persons
eligible to receive options under the Directors' Plan, (ii) increases the number
of shares of the Common  Stock which may be issued  under the  Directors'  Plan,
(iii) increases the maximum option price, (iv) decreases the option price or (v)
changes the number of shares subject to the automatic option.

401(K) PLAN

     The  Predecessor  maintains  a salary  deferral  and  savings  plan for its
employees  (the "401(k)  Plan") which is qualified  under Section  401(k) of the
Code.  Subject to limits set forth in the Code,  employees  who meet certain age
and service  requirements  may  participate  in the 401(k) Plan by  contributing
through  payroll  deductions.  The  Company,  at its  discretion,  may  elect to
contribute to the 401(k) Plan in amounts and at times determined by the Board of
Directors.

RODA PENSION PLAN

     Roda maintains a defined  contribution pension plan, approved by the United
Kingdom's  Inland  Revenue,  in which employees who meet certain age and service
requirements may participate. The plan is based upon contributions from both the
employer and employees, with Roda's contribution on behalf of each participating
employee being set at 5% of basic salary.

                                       47

<PAGE>
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The  following  table sets forth  information  with  respect to  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock, after giving effect to the Reorganization and the
Acquisition, both before and after the Offering, by (i) each person known to the
Company to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more thereof, (ii) each director and
designee who will become a director upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  (iii)
each of the Named  Executive  Officers and (iv) all  directors and officers as a
group.

     Under  the  rules  of  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   (the
"Commission"), a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if he
or she has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such  security or
the power to dispose of or direct the disposition of such security. Accordingly,
more  than  one  person  may be  deemed  to be a  beneficial  owner  of the same
security.  Shares of Common Stock  subject to options held by the  directors and
officers that are not exercisable  within 60 days of the date hereof are not, in
accordance with beneficial ownership rules promulgated by the Commission, deemed
outstanding for the purpose of computing such director's or officer's beneficial
ownership.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF CLASS
                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                                 ----------------------
                                                            AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                              OF BENEFICIAL        BEFORE       AFTER
              NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                       OWNERSHIP         OFFERING     OFFERING
- -------------------------------------------------------   --------------------   ----------   ---------
<S>                                                       <C>                    <C>          <C>
Michael R. Cunningham .................................         2,050,728 (2)        79.0%       42.2%
Gordon Mays ...........................................           228,198 (3)         8.8%        4.7%
Timothy Mays ..........................................           165,803 (4)         6.4%        3.4%
Robert Needle .........................................            50,000 (5)           *         1.0%
Robert M. Okin ........................................            45,000 (5)           *           *
Ioannis Lykogiannis ...................................            50,000 (5)           *         1.0%
Peter L. Furlonge .....................................           128,323 (6)           *         2.6%
Arnold Spinner ........................................                 -               *           *
James J. Cunningham ...................................           130,898 (7)         5.0%        2.7%
Norman R. Malo ........................................                 -               *           *
Laurence Gerber .......................................                 -               *           *
Stanley J. Moss .......................................                 -               *           *
All directors and officers as a group (12 persons).....         2,869,457 (8)        99.2%       57.3%
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
*   Less than 1%.

(1) Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  address  of  each  such  person  is  c/o
    Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc., 629 Grove St.,  Jersey City, New
    Jersey 07310.  All persons listed have sole voting and investment power with
    respect to their shares unless otherwise indicated.

(2) Excludes  130,898  shares  held by a trust for the  benefit  of  Michael  R.
    Cunningham's children.  The trustee of such trust, James J. Cunningham,  the
    brother of Mr. M. Cunningham, has the sole right to vote and dispose of such
    shares.

(3) Excludes  9,817  shares  held by a trust for the  benefit  of  Gordon  Mays'
    children.  The trustee of such trust, William J. Mays, the brother of Mr. G.
    Mays, has the sole right to vote and dispose of such shares.

(4) Excludes  9,817  shares  held by a trust for the  benefit of  Timothy  Mays'
    children.   The  trustee  of  such  trust,   William  Edward  Shannon,   the
    brother-in-law  of Mr. T. Mays,  has the sole  right to vote and  dispose of
    such shares.

(5) Represents  shares  underlying  options  which  have  been  granted  to  the
    designated  person,  all of which are exercisable within 60 days of the date
    of this Prospectus.

   
(6) Gives  effect  to  128,323  shares  to be  issued  to  Mr.  Furlonge  in the
    Acquisition.

(7) Includes the 130,898 shares referred to in footnote (2).

(8) Includes  145,000  shares  subject  to options  which  have been  granted to
    officers  and  which  are  exercisable  within  60 days of the  date of this
    Prospectus, and excludes the shares referred to in footnotes (3) and (4).
    

                                       48
<PAGE>
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

   
CAPITALIZATION PRIOR TO THE REORGANIZATION

     The  Predecessor  was initially  capitalized  in September 1983 through the
sale of 100 shares of common stock of the Predecessor, to Michael R. Cunningham,
the Company's founder. Mr. Cunningham subsequently made gifts of six shares to a
trust created for the benefit of his children.

     On June 11, 1991, the Predecessor  entered into a stock purchase  agreement
(the  "Stock   Purchase   Agreement")   with   Timothy   Mays  and  Gordon  Mays
(collectively,  the  "Buyers")  which  entitled the Buyers to purchase  from the
Predecessor  up to 53.85 shares of common stock,  of which up to 11.11 shares of
common  stock of the  Predecessor  could be  purchased by the Buyers on June 12,
1991, and the remaining 42.74 shares of common stock of the Predecessor could be
purchased  by the Buyers,  at certain  times after June 12, 1991 but in no event
later than December 1, 1996 ("Purchase  Option  Termination  Date"). On June 12,
1991,  pursuant  to the  terms of the Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  Timothy  Mays
purchased  3.67  shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor,  and  Gordon  Mays
purchased 7.44 shares of common stock of the Predecessor,  in consideration  for
(i) the return by the Buyers to the Company of a promissory note dated April 12,
1991  evidencing  indebtedness  of the  Company to the  Buyers in the  principal
amount of $100,000 and (ii) $200,000 paid by the Buyers to the Company. Pursuant
to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, from time to time between June 12,
1991 and the  Purchase  Option  Termination  Date,  Timothy  Mays  purchased  an
additional  4.38  shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor,  and Gordon  Mays
purchased  an  additional  3.47 shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor,  in
consideration for the retention by the Company of (i) all dividends  declared by
the Company and payable to the Buyers and (ii) certain "Additional Compensation"
due to the Buyers under employment agreements with the Company.

     Messrs. G. Mays and T. Mays subsequently made gifts of .45 shares of common
stock  of the  Predecessor  each to a trust  created  for the  benefit  of their
respective children.

     Messrs.  Cunningham,  G.  Mays  and T.  Mays  entered  into a  shareholders
agreement in 1991  providing for certain  restrictions  upon the  disposition of
shares  and upon  the  voting  of  stock,  which  agreement  will be  terminated
effective upon the consummation of the Reorganization.

LOANS FROM INSIDERS

     From time to time, the Company  borrowed  funds from Michael R.  Cunningham
and the trust for the benefit of his  children,  which are  stockholders  of the
Company.  A total of $227,000 of such loans was  outstanding  as of December 31,
1996, all of which was repaid in 1997.

THE REORGANIZATION

     In  connection  with the  Reorganization,  the  Company  will  issue to the
stockholders  of the  Predecessor  an aggregate  of  2,595,260  shares of Common
Stock,  Exchange  Notes  in the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $2.4  million
(assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) and Distribution
Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $2.2 million.  The Exchange Notes and
the Distribution Notes will be paid from the proceeds of the Offering.  See "The
Company  -- The  Reorganization."  The  number of shares  of Common  Stock,  the
principal  amounts  of the  Exchange  Notes  and the  principal  amounts  of the
Distribution Notes, to be received by each stockholder of the Predecessor in the
Reorganization, are as follows:     

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       SHARES OF COMMON    PRINCIPAL OF       PRINCIPAL OF
             STOCKHOLDER                     STOCK        EXCHANGE NOTES   DISTRIBUTION NOTES
- ------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------- -------------------
<S>                                   <C>                <C>              <C>
Michael R. Cunningham ...............      2,050,727        $1,896,432         $1,738,400
Gordon Mays .........................        228,198           211,030            193,443
Timothy Mays ........................        165,803           153,330            140,551
James J. Cunningham, Trustee ........        130,898           121,050            110,962
William J. Mays, Trustee ............          9,817             9,079              8,322
William Edward Shannon, Trustee .....          9,817             9,079              8,322
                                           ---------        ----------         ----------
Totals: .............................      2,595,260        $2,400,000         $2,200,000
</TABLE>
    

   
POLICY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     All ongoing and any future  transactions with affiliates of the Company, if
any, will be on terms  believed by the Company to be no less  favorable than are
available from unaffiliated  third parties and will be approved by a majority of
disinterested directors.
    

                                       49
<PAGE>
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The  summary of the terms of the  capital  stock of the  Company  set forth
below does not purport to be  complete  and is subject to and  qualified  in its
entirety by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation  (the  "Certificate of
Incorporation")  and By-Laws of the Company,  copies of which have been filed as
exhibits to the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. See
"Additional Information."

GENERAL

     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation  authorizes 30,000,000 shares of
Common Stock,  no par value,  and 10,000,000  shares of Preferred  Stock, no par
value.  After giving effect to (i) the  Reorganization,  (ii) the closing of the
Acquisition  and (iii) the  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company will have
outstanding  4,865,000  shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock.
In addition,  the Company will have 450,000  shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 150,000 shares of Common
Stock  reserved for issuance under the Company's  Directors'  Stock Option Plan.
See "Management -- Stock Option Plans."

COMMON STOCK

     Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share owned of
record  on all  matters  voted  upon by  stockholders,  and a  majority  vote is
required for all action to be taken by stockholders. Cumulative voting of shares
is prohibited. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the
shares  voting for the election of directors  can elect all of the  directors if
they choose to do so. The Common Stock bears no  preemptive  rights,  and is not
subject to  redemption,  sinking fund or  conversion  provisions.  The shares of
Common Stock  offered  hereby will be, when issued and paid for,  fully paid and
non-assessable.

     Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive  dividends  if, as and when
declared by the  Company's  Board of Directors  out of funds  legally  available
therefor,  subject to the dividend and liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock
that may be issued (and  subject to any  dividend  restriction  contained in any
credit  facility which the Company may enter into in the future) and distributed
pro rata in  accordance  with the number of shares of Common  Stock held by each
stockholder. See "Risk Factors -- Dividend Policy."

PREFERRED STOCK

     Shares of  Preferred  Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors of the Company,  without stockholder approval, in such series and with
such  preferences,  conversion or other  rights,  voting  powers,  restrictions,
limitations as to dividends, qualifications or other provisions, as may be fixed
by the Board of Directors when designating any such series.

     The  Preferred  Stock and the variety of  characteristics  available for it
offers the Company  flexibility in financing and  acquisition  transactions.  An
issuance of Preferred Stock could dilute the book value or adversely  affect the
relative voting power of the Common Stock.  The issuance of such shares could be
used to enable the holder to block an acquisition  of the Company.  Although the
Board of  Directors  is  required  when  issuing  such stock to act based on its
judgment as to the best interests of the stockholders of the Company,  the Board
could act in a manner  which  would  discourage  or prevent a  transaction  some
stockholders  might  believe  is in the  Company's  best  interests  or in which
stockholders  could or would  receive a premium for their shares of Common Stock
over the market price.

STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISIONS

     The New  Jersey  Business  Corporation  Act  provides  that in  determining
whether a proposal or offer to acquire a corporation  is in the best interest of
the  Corporation,  the Board may, in addition to considering  the effects of any
action on  stockholders,  consider any of the following:  (a) the effects of the
proposed  action  on  the  corporation's  employees,  suppliers,  creditors  and
customers,  (b) the effects on the community in which the  corporation  operates
and (c) the long-term as well as short-term interests

                                       50

<PAGE>
of the corporation and its  stockholders,  including the possibility  that these
interests may best be served by the continued  independence of the  corporation.
The  statute  further  provides  that  if,  based on these  factors,  the  Board
determines  that any such offer is not in the best interest of the  corporation,
it may reject the  offer.  These  provisions  may make it more  difficult  for a
stockholder  to  challenge  the Board's  rejection  of, and may  facilitate  the
Board's  rejection  of, an offer to acquire the  Company.  The  Company  will be
subject to the New Jersey  Shareholders  Protection Act (the "Protection  Act"),
which  prohibits  certain  New Jersey  corporations  from  engaging  in business
combinations (including mergers, consolidations,  significant asset dispositions
and  certain  stock  issuances)  with any  interested  stockholder  (defined  to
include, among others, any person that becomes a beneficial owner of 10% or more
of the  affected  corporation's  voting  power) for five years after such person
becomes an interested  stockholder,  unless the business combination is approved
by the Board of Directors prior to the date the stockholder became an interested
stockholder.  In addition, the Protection Act prohibits any business combination
at any time with an interested  stockholder other than a transaction that (i) is
approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date the interested  stockholder
became an interested stockholder, or (ii) is approved by the affirmative vote of
the holders of  two-thirds  of the voting  stock not  beneficially  owned by the
interested  stockholder,  or (iii)  satisfies  certain  "fair price" and related
criteria.

STAGGERED BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  for  a  Board  of
Directors of not less than three  members,  with the actual  number to be set by
resolution  of the Board from time to time.  In  addition,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  provides for the implementation of a staggered Board of Directors
effective  at the closing of the  Offering.  Under this  provision  the Board of
Directors will be divided into three classes, Class A, Class B and Class C, with
each class  containing  as nearly as  practicable,  an even number of Directors.
Initially,  the Class A Directors  will have a term  expiring at the 1999 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders,  the Class B Directors will have a term expiring at the
2000 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  and the Class C Directors will have a term
expiring at the 2001 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders.  Commencing  with the 1999
Annual Meeting of Stockholders,  as each class comes up for election, it will be
for a three-year term.

     An effect of the staggered  Board of Directors is to make it more difficult
or to  discourage  an  attempt to obtain  control  of the  Company by means of a
tender offer,  proxy  contest,  merger or otherwise,  and thereby to protect the
continuity of the Company's management.

LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     Pursuant to  provisions  of the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation,
directors  of the  Company  are not  personally  liable  to the  Company  or its
stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of  fiduciary  duty,  except for
liability in connection with a breach of duty of loyalty,  for acts or omissions
not in good faith or any transaction in which a director has derived an improper
personal benefit.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Continental  Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.

                                       51

<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Prior to the Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock and no
prediction  can be made as to the effect,  if any,  that market  sales of Common
Stock or the  availability of such shares for sale will have on the market price
prevailing from time to time.  Nevertheless,  the possibility  that  substantial
amounts of Common Stock may be sold in the public  market may  adversely  affect
prevailing  market  prices for the Common Stock and could  impair the  Company's
ability to raise capital through the sale of its equity securities.

     Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  the  Company  will have  outstanding
4,865,000  shares of Common Stock, of which the 2,100,000  Shares offered hereby
will be freely tradable without  restriction or further  registration  under the
Securities Act, except for shares purchased by an "affiliate of the Company" (in
general,  a person who has a  controlling  position with regard to the Company),
which will be subject to the resale  limitations of Rule 144  promulgated  under
the Securities Act.

     The remaining  2,765,000 shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after the
Offering are deemed to be "restricted securities," as that term is defined under
Rule 144 promulgated  under the Securities Act, and may only be sold pursuant to
an effective  registration  under the  Securities  Act, in  compliance  with the
exemption  provisions  of Rule 144 or  pursuant to another  exemption  under the
Securities Act. Such restricted  shares of Common Stock will become eligible for
sale, under Rule 144, subject to certain volume  limitations  prescribed by Rule
144. The holders of all of the restricted  shares have agreed not to sell any of
their  securities of the Company for a period of 180 days  following the date of
this Prospectus, under any circumstances.

   
     In general,  under Rule 144,  subject to the  satisfaction of certain other
conditions,  a person,  including an affiliate of the Company (or persons  whose
shares are  aggregated  with an affiliate)  who has owned  restricted  shares of
Common Stock  beneficially for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of
the then  outstanding  shares of the issuer's Common Stock or the average weekly
trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, provided that
certain  public  information  about the issuer as  required  by Rule 144 is then
available and the seller complies with certain other requirements.  A person who
is not an  affiliate,  has not been an  affiliate  within  three months prior to
sale, and has beneficially owned the restricted shares for at least two years is
entitled  to sell  such  shares  under  Rule 144  without  regard  to any of the
limitations described above.

     The Company,  the  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  and the directors and
officers of the Company (who in the aggregate  will  beneficially  own 2,869,457
shares of Common Stock) have agreed with the Underwriters  that, for a period of
180 days following the Offering,  they will not offer to sell, contract to sell,
grant an option to purchase or otherwise  dispose (or announce any offer,  sale,
grant of any option or other  distribution) of any shares of Common Stock or any
securities  convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common
Stock without the prior written  consent of Schroder & Co. Inc. on behalf of the
Underwriters  (except  that the Company  may grant  options to purchase or award
shares of Common  Stock  under the 1998 Plan and the  Directors'  Plan and issue
privately  placed shares in connection  with  acquisitions).  See "Management --
Stock Option Plans" and "Principal Stockholders."     

     As soon as  practicable  following the  consummation  of the Offering,  the
Company  intends to file a  registration  statement  under the Securities Act to
register  shares  of Common  Stock  issuable  pursuant  to the 1998 Plan and the
Directors'  Plan. See "Management -- Stock Option Plans." Shares of Common Stock
issued  pursuant to the 1998 Plan and the  Directors'  Plan after the  effective
date of such  registration  statement  will be  available  for  sale in the open
market, subject to the lock-up agreement described above, if applicable.

                                       52

<PAGE>
                                 UNDERWRITING

   
     The  Underwriters  named  below  have  agreed,  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement, to purchase from the Company, and the
Company has agreed to sell to the  Underwriters,  the number of shares of Common
Stock set forth opposite their respective names:     

   
UNDERWRITER                                    NUMBER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------- -----------------
Schroder & Co. Inc. .........................     1,050,000
Prudential Securities Incorporated ..........     1,050,000
                                                  ---------
   Total ....................................     2,100,000
                                                  =========
    

   

     The Underwriting  Agreement provides that the Underwriters are obligated to
purchase all of the shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby,  if any such shares
are purchased.

     The  Underwriters  have  advised the Company that they propose to offer the
shares of Common Stock  directly to the public,  initially at the offering price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus;  that the  Underwriters  propose
initially to allow a concession not in excess of $ per share to certain dealers;
and that the  Underwriters  may initially  allow a concession not in excess of $
per share to other dealers.  After the initial  offering of the shares of Common
Stock,  the public  offering  price and such  concessions  may be changed by the
Underwriters.

     The Company has granted an option to the  Underwriters,  exercisable for 30
days from the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to 315,000  additional
shares of Common  Stock,  at the public  offering  price  less the  underwriting
discount set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus.  The  Underwriters may
exercise such option only to cover  over-allotments  in connection with the sale
of the Common Stock offered hereby.

     The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the  Company  and  Michael  R.
Cunningham  will  indemnify  the  Underwriters   against  certain   liabilities,
including  liabilities under the federal  securities laws, or will contribute to
payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     The Underwriters may engage in  over-allotment,  stabilizing  transactions,
syndicate covering transactions,  and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation
M under the Exchange Act.  Overallotment  involves  syndicate sales in excess of
the  offering  size,  which  creates a  syndicate  short  position.  Stabilizing
transactions  permit bids to  purchase  the  underlying  security so long as the
stabilizing  bids  do  not  exceed  a  specific  maximum.   Syndicate   covering
transactions  involve  purchases of the  securities in the open market after the
distribution  has been completed in order to cover  syndicate  short  positions.
Penalty  bids permit the  Underwriters  to reclaim a selling  concession  from a
syndicate  member when the securities  originally sold by such syndicate  member
are  purchased in a syndicate  covering  transaction  to cover  syndicate  short
positions.  Such stabilizing  transactions,  syndicate covering transactions and
penalty  bids may cause the price of the  securities  to be higher than it would
otherwise  be in the absence of such  transactions.  These  transactions  may be
effected on Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced,  may be  discontinued  at any
time.

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock.  The initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be determined
by negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters. Among the factors to be
considered in determining  the initial  public  offering  price,  in addition to
prevailing  market and  general  economic  conditions,  are the  history of, and
prospects  for, the industry in which the Company  operates,  the ability of the
Company's management,  the Company's past and present operations,  the Company's
historical results of operations,  the Company's earnings prospects,  the prices
of similar securities of comparable companies, and other relative factors. There
can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the Common Stock will sell
in the  public  market  after the  Offering  will not be lower than the price at
which it is being sold by the Underwriters.

     The Company,  the  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  and the directors and
officers of the Company (who in the aggregate  will  beneficially  own 2,869,457
shares of Common Stock) have agreed with the Underwriters  that, for a period of
180 days following the Offering,  they will not offer to sell, sell, contract to
sell,  grant an option to purchase or otherwise  dispose (or announce any offer,
sale, grant of any option or     

                                       53

<PAGE>

   
other distribution) of any shares of Common Stock or any securities  convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock without the prior
written  consent of Schroder & Co. Inc.  on behalf of the  Underwriters  (except
that the Company may grant  options to purchase or award  shares of Common Stock
under the 1998 Plan and the Directors' Plan and issue privately placed shares in
connection  with  acquisitions).  See  "Management  -- Stock  Option  Plans" and
"Principal Stockholders."

     At the request of the  Company,  up to 200,000  shares of Common Stock have
been  reserved  for  sale in the  Offering  to  certain  individuals,  including
directors  and  employees  of the  Company,  members  of their  families  and/or
friends,  and other persons having business  relationships with the Company. The
price of such shares to such persons will be the initial  public  offering price
set forth on the cover of this  Prospectus.  The number of shares  available for
sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons  purchase
such reserved  shares.  Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered
hereby.

     The Company  has agreed with the  Underwriters  that it will  exercise  its
right to redeem all of the preference  share capital of Roda on June 30, 1998 if
it is not sooner  required  to redeem  such  shares by the  holders  thereof.  A
portion of the proceeds of the Offering will be deposited into escrow to provide
for the payment of the redemption price of the preference shares.
    

                                       54

<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS

   
     Certain  legal  matters  with  respect to the  validity of the Common Stock
offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Gibbons,  Del Deo,  Dolan,
Griffinger & Vecchione, a Professional Corporation,  Newark, New Jersey. Certain
legal  matters  in  connection  with the  Offering  will be passed  upon for the
Underwriters by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, New York, New York.

    
                                    EXPERTS

     The predecessor financial statements of Cunningham Graphics  International,
Inc.  for each of the  three  years  in the  period  ended  December  31,  1997,
appearing in this Prospectus and  Registration  Statement,  have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP,  independent  auditors,  as set forth in their report thereon
appearing  elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given
the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The financial  statements  of Roda Limited for the year ended  December 31,
1997 and for the four months ended December 31, 1996, and of Roda Print Concepts
Limited for the ten month  period  ended  October 31,  1996,  appearing  in this
Prospectus  and  Registration  Statement,  have been  audited  by Ernst & Young,
Chartered  Accountants,  independent  auditors,  as set  forth in  their  report
thereon  appearing  elsewhere  herein,  and are  included in reliance  upon such
report given the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The  Company  has  filed a  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1  under the
Securities  Act with the  Commission  in  Washington,  D.C.  with respect to the
securities  offered hereby.  This Prospectus,  which is part of the Registration
Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.  For further  information with
respect to the Company and the securities  offered  hereby,  reference is hereby
made to the  Registration  Statement and the exhibits and  schedules  filed as a
part thereof.  Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
agreement or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance,  if such agreement or document is filed as an exhibit,  reference
is made to the copy of such  agreement  or  document  filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement,  each such statement being qualified in all respects by
such reference to such exhibit. The Registration  Statement,  including exhibits
and schedules  thereto,  may be inspected and copied at the principal  office of
the Commission at Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549,  and at the Commission's  Regional  Offices at 7 World Trade Center,  New
York,  New York 10048,  and Northwest  Atrium Center,  500 West Madison  Street,
Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies  of such  material  may also be  obtained  at
prescribed  rates from the Public  Reference  Section of the  Commission  at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. In addition, the Company is required
to file electronic  versions of these documents with the Commission  through the
Commission's  Electronic Data Gathering,  Analysis and Retrieval (EDGAR) system.
The  Commission  maintains  a World  Wide  Web site at  http://www.sec.gov  that
contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.

                                       55

<PAGE>
                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                       PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997

                                   CONTENTS

Report of Independent Auditors ......................................   F-2

Predecessor Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 .........   F-3

Predecessor Statements of Income for the years ended
 December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 ...................................   F-4

Predecessor Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
 December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 ...................................   F-5

Predecessor Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
 December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 ...................................   F-6

Notes to Predecessor Financial Statements ...........................   F-7


                                 RODA LIMITED
                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          DECEMBER 31, 1996, AND 1997

                                   CONTENTS


Report of Independent Auditors .......................................  F-16

Consolidated  Profit and Loss  Account  for the year ended 31 December
  1997  and the  period  from  incorporation  (29  August  1996) to 31
  December 1996 and the Profit and Loss Account of Roda Print Concepts
  Limited for the ten-month period ended 31 October 1996..... ......... F-17

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997..........  F-18

Consolidated  Statement  of Cash Flows for the year ended 31  December
  1997  and the  period  from  incorporation  (29  August  1996) to 31
  December 1996 and the Statement of Cash Flows of Roda Print Concepts
  Limited for the ten-month period ended 31 October 1996............... F-19

Notes to Financial Statements ......................................... F-20


                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying  predecessor  balance sheets of Cunningham
Graphics  International,  Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related
predecessor statements of income,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,  1997.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the  predecessor  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of Cunningham
Graphics  International,  Inc. at December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of
its  operations  and its cash  flows for each of the three  years in the  period
ended  December 31, 1997,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

                                                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Princeton, New Jersey
January 16, 1998

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                           PREDECESSOR BALANCE SHEETS
                          DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                                                                STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                                                   EQUITY
                                                                         1996        1997           1997
                                                                       --------   ----------   --------------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash ..............................................................    $  543     $    67
 Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $28 in 1996 and $50 in 1997) ....................................     4,607       5,673
 Inventories .......................................................       541         940
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........................        70          78
 Notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers .............       158         136
 Deferred income taxes .............................................        --          47
                                                                        ------     -------
Total current assets ...............................................     5,919       6,941
Property and equipment -- net ......................................     3,458       3,579
Other assets .......................................................        94         418
                                                                        ------     -------
                                                                        $9,471     $10,938
                                                                        ======     =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Current portion of long-term debt, third-party ....................    $  414     $   407
 Revolving line of credit ..........................................     1,350         300
 Current portion of notes payable -- related parties ...............        73          --
 Current portion of obligations under capital leases ...............       183         178
 Accounts payable ..................................................     3,661       3,854
 Accrued expenses ..................................................     1,105       1,474
                                                                        ------     -------
Total current liabilities ..........................................     6,786       6,213
Long-term debt, third-party -- net of current portion ..............       631       1,185
Notes payable -- related parties -- net of current portion .........       154          --
Obligations under capital leases -- net of current portion .........       515         332
Deferred income taxes ..............................................        41          57
                                                                        ------     -------
Total liabilities ..................................................     8,127       7,787
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, no par value; 2,507 shares authorized, 119 shares
   in 1996 and 1997 issued and outstanding, stated at $50 per share.         6           6        $     --
 Additional paid-in capital ........................................       734         734          (2,908)
 Retained earnings .................................................       604       2,411              --
                                                                        ------     -------        --------
Total stockholders' equity .........................................     1,344       3,151        $ (2,908)
                                                                        ------     -------        ========
                                                                        $9,471     $10,938
                                                                        ======     =======
</TABLE>
                        See accompanying notes.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                        PREDECESSOR STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                              1995         1996         1997
                                           ----------   ----------   ----------
Net sales ..............................    $17,327      $23,193      $35,744
Operating expenses:
 Costs of production ...................     12,860       17,616       26,894
 Selling, general and administrative ...      3,441        4,270        5,794
 Depreciation and amortization .........        498          563          694
                                            -------      -------      -------
                                             16,799       22,449       33,382
Income from operations .................        528          744        2,362
 Interest expense ......................       (257)        (234)        (250)
 Other income ..........................          2           48           35
                                            -------      -------      -------
Income before income taxes .............        273          558        2,147
 Provision for income taxes ............          6           56          129
                                            -------      -------      -------
Net income .............................    $   267      $   502      $ 2,018
                                            =======      =======      =======
   
PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED):
Income before income taxes ....................   $   2,147
 Pro forma provision for income taxes .........         880
                                                  ---------
Pro forma net income ..........................   $   1,267
                                                  =========
Pro forma earnings per share ..................   $    0.43
                                                  =========
Pro forma shares outstanding ..................   2,978,594
                                                  =========
    

                        See accompanying notes.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                PREDECESSOR STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK                    ADDITIONAL
                                         -------------------    PAID-IN      RETAINED
                                          SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS      TOTAL
                                         --------   --------   ---------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at January 1, 1995 ...........      118        $ 6        $722       $  356       $1,084
 Net income ..........................       --         --          --          267          267
 Distributions .......................       --         --          --         (521)        (521)
                                            ---        ---        ----       ------       ------
Balance at December 31, 1995 .........      118          6         722          102          830
 Net income ..........................       --         --          --          502          502
 Sale of common stock ................        1         --          12           --           12
                                            ---        ---        ----       ------       ------
Balance at December 31, 1996 .........      119          6         734          604        1,344
 Net income ..........................       --         --          --        2,018        2,018
 Distributions .......................       --         --          --         (211)        (211)
                                            ---        ---        ----       ------       ------
Balance at December 31, 1997 .........      119        $ 6        $734       $2,411       $3,151
                                            ===        ===        ====       ======       ======
</TABLE>

                        See accompanying notes.

                                     F-5
<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      PREDECESSOR STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1995           1996           1997
                                                               ------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income .................................................      $ 267        $    502       $ 2,018
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
 by operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization .............................        498             563           694
 Gain on sale of equipment .................................         --             (48)          (18)
 Deferred income taxes .....................................         (1)             32           (31)
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Increase in accounts receivable .........................        (34)         (2,161)       (1,066)
   (Increase) decrease in inventories ......................       (436)            509          (399)
   Increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets            (29)            (86)           (8)
   Increase in other assets ................................         (9)            (45)         (324)
   Increase (decrease) in advance to officers ..............        257             (94)           22
   Increase in accounts payable ............................        219           1,835           193
   (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses .................       (138)            664           369
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities ..................        594           1,671         1,450
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 Proceeds from the disposition of equipment ................         --              71         1,349
 Acquisition of property and equipment .....................       (254)         (1,711)       (2,146)
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Net cash used in investing activities ......................       (254)         (1,640)         (797)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Net principal proceeds (payments) on revolving line of
   credit ..................................................        306             444        (1,050)
 Proceeds from long-term borrowings, third-party ...........         --             614         1,023
 Principal payments on long-term borrowings, third-party .         (200)           (302)         (476)
 Principal payments on obligations under capital lease .....       (138)           (139)         (188)
 Proceeds from issuance of notes payable -- related
   parties .................................................         70              24            --
 Principal payments on notes payable -- related parties.....         --            (142)         (227)
 Shareholder distribution ..................................       (521)             --          (211)
 Proceeds from sale of common stock ........................         --              12            --
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ........       (483)            511        (1,129)
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash ............................       (143)           (542)         (476)
Cash, beginning of year ....................................        144               1           543
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Cash, end of year ..........................................      $   1        $    543       $    67
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW DATA
Income taxes paid ..........................................      $  10        $     40       $   169
                                                                  =======      ========       =========
Interest paid ..............................................      $ 254        $    235       $   251
                                                                  =======      ========       =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
 FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of equipment under capital lease ...............      $  23        $    422       $    --
                                                                  =======      ========       =========
</TABLE>
                        See accompanying notes.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
   
               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying predecessor financial statements include the operations of
Cunningham  Graphics,  Inc.  (the  "Company" or the  "Predecessor  Entity").  As
further discussed in Note 14, a reorganization of the Predecessor is planned for
1998.

DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY

     The  Company  provides a wide range of graphic  communication  services  to
financial  institutions and corporations in the eastern United States,  focusing
on producing and distributing  time-sensitive  analytical research and marketing
materials and on providing on-demand printing.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include  all cash  balances  and highly  liquid
investments with a maturity of three months or less when acquired.  The carrying
amount reported for cash equivalents approximates fair value.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     The Company  performs  periodic  credit  evaluations  of its  customers and
generally does not require collateral.

INVENTORIES

     Inventories  are  stated at the  lower of cost or  market  by the  specific
identification method.  Inventory consists of raw materials and work in process.
Finished goods are shipped upon completion.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization of
assets,   including   those  under  capital   lease,   are  computed  using  the
straight-line  method  over the  lesser  of the  estimated  useful  lives of the
related assets or the lease term. Useful lives range from 3 to 10 years.

   
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     The  Company  records  impairment  losses  on  long-lived  assets  used  in
operations  when  events and  circumstances  indicate  that the assets  might be
impaired  and the  undiscounted  cash flows  estimated  to be generated by those
assets are less than the  carrying  amounts of those  assets.  No such event has
occurred since adoption at January 1, 1995.     

INCOME TAXES

     The  Company  and  its  stockholders  have  elected  to  be  taxed  as an S
Corporation  pursuant to the Internal  Revenue Code and certain  state and local
tax  regulations.  Therefore,  no  provision  has been made in the  accompanying
financial statements for federal and certain state and local income taxes, since
such taxes are the liability of the stockholders. The provision for income taxes
principally  reflects taxes levied by certain state and local governments.  (See
Notes 11 and 14).

   
     Deferred taxes are computed based on the tax effects in future years of the
differences between financial and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are  classified as current and  noncurrent
based on the  classification  of the related  asset or liability  for  financial
reporting  purposes,  or based on the expected  reversal date for deferred taxes
that are not related to an asset or liability.
    

                                      F-7

<PAGE>
                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES --(CONTINUED)

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue is recognized upon shipment of products to customers.

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  presentation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
   
EARNINGS PER SHARE

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 128,  Earnings  Per Share,  which is required to be adopted on December  31,
1997.  Statement  128  replaced  the  calculation  of primary and fully  diluted
earnings  per share with basic and diluted  earnings per share.  Unlike  primary
earnings per share,  basic earnings per share  excludes any dilutive  effects of
options,  warrants and  convertible  securities.  Diluted  earnings per share is
similar to the previously required fully diluted earnings per share.

    
2. INVENTORIES

     Inventories consist of the following:
                                                                1996      1997
                                                               ------   -------
    Raw materials (net of valuation allowance of $200 at
     December 31, 1996 and $194 at December 31, 1997).......    $477     $805
    Work-in-process ........................................      64      135
                                                                ----     ----
                                                                $541     $940
                                                                ====     ====
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1996          1997
                                                               -----------   -----------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>
        Machinery and equipment ............................    $  4,711      $  4,813
        Furniture, fixtures and office equipment ...........         653           974
        Leasehold improvements .............................         261           471
        Autos and transportation equipment .................         214           280
                                                                --------      --------
                                                                   5,839         6,538
        Accumulated depreciation and amortization ..........      (2,381)       (2,959)
                                                                --------      --------
                                                                $  3,458      $  3,579
                                                                ========      ========
</TABLE>
     The gross amount of the leased property  included in property and equipment
is $1,062 and $1,069, and accumulated  amortization is $341 and $386 at December
31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

                                      F-8

<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )

4. OTHER ASSETS

     Included  in other  assets is  approximately  $342 of costs  related to the
anticipated  initial public  offering and the  acquisition of Roda Limited (Note
14).

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES

     Other accrued liabilities consists of the following:

                                               1996        1997
                                            ---------   ---------
         Employee compensation ..........    $  761      $  689
         Other ..........................       344         785
                                             ------      ------
                                             $1,105      $1,474

                                             ======      ======

6. REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASE

     On December  15,  1997,  the Company  entered  into a new Loan and Security
Agreement with a bank (the "Loan and Security Agreement"). The Loan and Security
Agreement  provides for a $2,000  revolving  line of credit and a $1,000  3-year
term loan (the "Term  Loan").  The revolving  line of credit  expires on May 30,
1998.  Borrowings  under both the line of credit and the Term Loan bear interest
at the bank's  prime rate or at the  Company's  option LIBOR plus 2.25% (8.5% at
December 31,  1997).  The debt is  collateralized  by  substantially  all of the
Company's assets.  Among other things, the Loan and Security Agreement restricts
the Company's ability to incur additional  indebtedness and requires the Company
to maintain certain financial ratios.

     At December 31, 1996,  the revolving  line of credit  represents the amount
outstanding  under a  previous  $2,000  revolving  line of  credit  with a bank.
Borrowings  under this agreement  carried interest at the bank's prime rate plus
 .5% (8.75% at December 31, 1996) and were  secured by  substantially  all of the
Company's assets and guaranteed by the principal stockholder of the Company.

     The Company leases  property and equipment under capital leases expiring in
various years through 2001.  Amortization  ($74, $105 and $119 in 1995, 1996 and
1997,  respectively)  of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation
expense.

     Long-term  debt  consists  of the  following  (excluding  notes  payable to
related parties, see Note 7):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1996        1997
                                                                                       --------   ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
   Term loan, payable with interest only through December 1998 with principal
    payments beginning January 1999 through December 2001 ..........................    $   --     $1,000
   Notes payable to finance companies, payable in monthly installments with 
    interest at rates ranging from 7.48% to 11.75%,  through  various dates
    from December 1998 to October 1999 (secured by certain  equipment with a
    carrying value of  approximately $358)..........................................       518        262
   Non-interest bearing note payable in monthly installments through December
    1999 (discounted based on imputed interest rate of 8%) .........................       449        308
   Various capital lease obligations ...............................................       698        510
   Other (secured by equipment with a carrying value of $135).......................        78         22
                                                                                        ------     ------
                                                                                         1,743      2,102
   Less current maturities .........................................................       597        585
                                                                                        ------     ------
                                                                                        $1,146     $1,517
                                                                                        ======     ======
</TABLE>
    
   
     The  aggregate  fair value of the  instruments  representing  the Company's
revolving  line of credit,  long-term debt and  obligations  under capital lease
approximate their carrying value at December 31, 1996 and 1997. Such fair values
are estimated  based on  discounting  the estimated  future cash flows using the
Company's incremental borrowing rate for similar debt instruments.
    

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )

6. REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASE
   --(CONTINUED)

     Maturities of long-term debt and obligations under capital lease (principal
and interest) for each of the next five years are as follows:

                                                                   OBLIGATIONS
                                                                      UNDER
                                                     LONG-TERM       CAPITAL
                                                        DEBT          LEASE
                                                    -----------   ------------
    1998 ..........................................     $407          $236
    1999 ..........................................      516           185
    2000 ..........................................      333           119
    2001 ..........................................      336            84
                                                                      ----
    Total minimum lease payments ..................                    624
    Less amount representing interest .............                    114
                                                                      ----
    Present value of net minimum lease payments ...                   $510
                                                                      ====
7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Included in notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers are notes
receivable aggregating $22 at December 31, 1996 and advances of $136 at December
31,  1996 and 1997.  The notes bear  interest  at an annual  rate of 8% and were
repaid in 1997.  Advances  receivable  represent  cash advances with no specific
repayment terms. The stockholder  intends to repay the advances as a part of the
Offering. Notes payable to related parties consists of the following:


                                                                  1996     1997
                                                                 ------   -----
     Note payable to stockholder/officer, payable in
       monthly installments with interest at the prime rate
       (8.5% at December 31, 1996) ...........................    $112     $--
     Note payable to Cunningham Children Trust, payable
       in monthly installments with interest at the prime rate
       (8.5% at December 31, 1996) ...........................     115      --
                                                                  ----     ---
                                                                   227      --
     Less current portion ....................................      73      --
                                                                  ----     ---
                                                                  $154     $--
                                                                  ====     ===

     In December 1997, the Company repaid the  outstanding  balances under these
notes payable.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEASES

     The Company  leases  office  facilities,  equipment and  automobiles  under
noncancelable  operating  leases  expiring in various years through 2000. One of
the facility  leases  requires the Company to pay additional  rents based on its
proportionate share of certain costs of the facility.

     In March 1997, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback arrangement. Under
the  arrangement,  the Company sold equipment and leased it back for a period of
six years.  The leaseback has been accounted for as an operating  lease. No gain
or loss was  recorded on the  transaction.  Upon  expiration  of the lease,  the
Company has agreed to acquire the equipment at terms more fully described in the
lease agreement.

     Future minimum  rental  payments for each of the next five years and in the
aggregate under the above lease agreements are as follows:

  1998 ........................    $1,094
  1999 ........................     1,085
  2000 ........................       360
  2001 ........................       286
  2002 ........................       237
  Thereafter ..................        39
                                   ------
                                   $3,101
                                   ======

     Rent expense  under all  operating  leases was $282,  $463 and $631 for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

9. CONCENTRATIONS

   
     Sales to  customers  representing  10% or more of the  Company's  total net
sales (two customers in 1995, 24% and 14% each respectively;  three customers in
1996,  15%, 15% and 13% each  respectively;  and four in 1997, 24%, 13%, 10% and
10% each  respectively)  represented  total  net  sales of  $6,445,  $9,812  and
$20,375,  respectively.  Included in trade  accounts  receivable are amounts due
from these  customers  of $1,648 and $2,989 as of  December  31,  1996 and 1997,
respectively.

     The Company has 370 employees,  approximately  255 of whom are members of a
union which are covered  under a memorandum  of agreement  which expires on June
30, 2000.     

10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     On  June  11,  1991,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  with  two
stockholders which entitled the two stockholders to purchase from the Company up
to 53.85  shares of its common  stock  through  December  1, 1996.  Through  the
expiration  of the  agreement  and pursuant to the terms of the  agreement,  the
stockholders  purchased  18.96  shares  (including  one  share  in  1995  for an
aggregate consideration of $12).

                                      F-11

<PAGE>
                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )

11. INCOME TAXES

     The provision for state income taxes consists of the following:

                                                   1995      1996      1997
                                                 ---------   ------   -------
         Current ..............................    $ 8        $24      $ 160
         Deferred .............................     (2)        32        (31)
                                                   ------     ---      -----
         Total provision for income taxes .....    $ 6        $56      $ 129
                                                   =====      ===      =====

     The  significant  components of the Company's  deferred tax liabilities and
assets include  depreciation,  accounts  receivable  and inventory  reserves and
accrued  expenses.  (See Note 14 regarding  conversion  from S Corporation  to C
Corporation for tax purposes.)

12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company has a defined  contribution  pension  plan  pursuant to Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code covering  substantially  all employees.  The
Company,  at its discretion,  may elect to contribute to the plan at amounts and
dates  determined  by the Board of Directors.  For the years ended  December 31,
1995,  1996  and 1997  the  Company  made  contributions  of $24,  $-0- and $52,
respectively, to the plan.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisition of Roda

     On January 16, 1998,  the Company and Roda  entered into an agreement  (the
"Roda Purchase  Agreement") such that  concurrently with the consummation of the
Offering,  the Company will close the acquisition of all the outstanding capital
stock of Roda under the Roda Purchase  Agreement for an aggregate purchase price
of $8,148.  The  purchase  price will be  satisfied  by the  delivery of 169,739
shares of common  stock,  which will be valued at the  initial  public  offering
price, and a cash payment equal to the balance of the purchase price.  Under the
terms of the Roda  Purchase  Agreement,  the Company has  committed to cause the
repayment of Pounds850  (approximately  $1,400) of  indebtedness  to the present
Roda stockholders  within 28 days following the closing.  The Company intends to
use a portion of the  proceeds of the  Offering to repay this  indebtedness.  In
order to secure the  performance by the selling  stockholders of Roda of certain
warranties and covenants,  Pounds275 (approximately $459) will be held in escrow
until one year following the closing.  The acquisition of Roda will be accounted
for under the purchase method of accounting.

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )

14. FORMATION OF CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC., PLANNED INITIAL
    PUBLIC OFFERING AND PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Reorganization and Planned Public Offering

   
     The  Company  intends to proceed  with a  reorganization  and a  concurrent
initial  public  offering  of  the  common  stock  of  the  reorganized  entity.
Immediately  prior to the initial  public  offering of shares of common stock of
Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc. (CGII) (the "Offering"),  the Company
will be reorganized (the  "Reorganization") such that all of the stockholders of
the Predecessor will contribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock of
the  Predecessor to CGII, in exchange for a total of 2,595,260  shares of common
stock and  promissory  notes (the "Exchange  Notes") in the aggregate  principal
amount of $2,400  (assuming  an initial  offering  price of $12.00  per  share).
Concurrently  with  the  Reorganization,  CGII  will  assume  the  Predecessor's
obligations with respect to  undistributed S corporation  taxable income through
the date of the  Reorganization  estimated  to  total  $2,200,  and  will  issue
promissory notes in such amount to evidence such obligations (the  "Distribution
Notes" and, together with the Exchange Notes, the "Reorganization  Notes").  The
principal  amount of the  Reorganization  Notes was determined by the Company in
connection with the Reorganization  based on a number of factors,  including the
value of the enterprise  contributed to the Company. The principal amount of the
Distribution Notes was determined by the Company based upon the actual amount of
undistributed  S  corporation  taxable  income as of  December  31, 1997 and the
anticipated  additional  undistributed  S corporation  taxable income during the
period  January 1, 1998 through the  expected  date of the  Reorganization.  The
Company  intends to pay the  Reorganization  Notes from the net  proceeds of the
Offering.     

1998 Stock Option Plan

   
     In February  1998,  the Board of Directors and the sole  stockholder of the
Company  adopted the 1998 Stock Option Plan ("1998  Plan") and reserved  450,000
shares of Common  Stock  for  issuance  thereunder.  The Plan  provides  for the
granting to employees  (including  employee  directors  and officers) of options
intended  to  qualify  as  incentive   stock  options   within  the  meaning  of
(section)422 of the Code and for the granting of  nonstatutory  stock options to
employees  and  consultants.  The Board of  Directors  has  granted  options  to
purchase  230,700  shares  of  Common  Stock  under  the 1998  Plan  subject  to
consummation of the Offering.     

The Directors' Stock Option Plan

   
     In February  1998,  the Board of Directors and the sole  stockholder of the
Company  adopted the Directors'  Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors'  Plan") and
reserved  150,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  insurance   thereunder.   The
individuals  eligible to participate in the Directors' Plan are each Director of
the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (an
"Outside  Director").  The Board of  Directors  has granted  options to purchase
75,000 shares of Common Stock under the Directors'  Plan subject to consummation
of the Offering.     

                                      F-13

<PAGE>

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )

14. FORMATION OF CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC., PLANNED INITIAL
    PUBLIC OFFERING AND PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (UNAUDITED) --(CONTINUED)

Pro Forma Adjustments (Unaudited)

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  capitalization  of the  Company  at
December 31, 1997,  and the pro forma  capitalization  of the Company as of such
date after giving  effect to the issuance of the  Reorganization  Notes,  to the
stockholders  and the recording of a net deferred tax liability of approximately
$59 in connection  with the Company  becoming  subject to federal and additional
state and local income taxes.


                                                  ACTUAL      PRO FORMA
                                                 --------   ------------
         Common stock ........................    $    6      $     --
         Additional paid-in capital ..........       734        (2,908)
         Retained earnings ...................     2,411            --
                                                  ------      --------
         Total stockholders' equity ..........    $3,151      $ (2,908)
                                                  ======      ========

     As  discussed  in Note 1,  the  Company  has  elected  to be  taxed as an S
corporation  pursuant to the Internal  Revenue Code and certain  state and local
tax regulations.  In connection with the Offering made hereby,  the Company will
become subject to federal and additional state income taxes. Accordingly, in the
quarter in which the Offering is completed,  the Company will record  additional
deferred tax assets of $295 and additional  deferred tax liabilities of $354 and
a corresponding  net tax expense of $59 in the statement of income in accordance
with the provisions of SFAS No. 109.

     The pro  forma  provision  for  income  taxes  represents  the  income  tax
provisions that would have been reported had the Company been subject to federal
and  additional  state income taxes during the year ended December 31, 1997. The
unaudited pro forma net income for the year ended  December 31, 1997 reflects an
increase of $751 for the year ended  December  31,  1997 for income  taxes based
upon income before income taxes as if the Company had become  subject to federal
and additional state income taxes on that date.

     Pro forma  deferred  income  taxes  will  reflect  the net tax  effects  of
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
pro forma  financial  reporting  and the amounts  used for income tax  purposes.
Significant  components of the Company's pro forma net deferred tax liability as
of December 31, 1997 is as follows:

                                                               1997
                                                            ----------
         Tax over book depreciation .....................     $ (411)
         Allowance for doubtful accounts ................         20
         Inventory capitalization and reserves ..........        100
         Other book accruals ............................        232
                                                              ------
                                                              $  (59)
                                                              ======

     The pro forma income tax provision consists of the following:

                                                      1997
                                                   ---------
         Current:
           Federal .............................    $  820
           State and local .....................       300
                                                    ------
                                                     1,120

           Deferred income tax benefit .........      (240)
                                                    ------
                                                    $  880
                                                    ======

                                      F-14

<PAGE>
                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )

14. FORMATION OF CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC., PLANNED INITIAL
    PUBLIC OFFERING AND PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (UNAUDITED) --(CONTINUED)

     A  reconciliation  setting  forth  the  differences  between  the pro forma
effective tax rate of the Company and the U.S. federal  statutory tax rate is as
follows:

                                                                        1997
                                                                     ----------
         Federal statutory rate ...................................      34.0%
         State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefits .......       7.0
                                                                         ----
         Effective tax rate .......................................      41.0
                                                                         ====

Pro Forma Earnings Per Share (Unaudited)

   
     The Pro Forma shares  outstanding  of 2,978,594  represent the total equity
value for the Common Stock of the Predecessor  contributed to the Company in the
Reorganization  and includes (i) the initial CGII founding share, (ii) 2,595,260
shares to be issued in the Reorganization and (iii) 383,333 shares, representing
the value of the $4,600 principal amount of the Reorganization Notes (based upon
the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share).     

                                      F-15

<PAGE>
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of
Roda Limited

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Roda Limited
as of 31  December  1997 and 1996 and the related  consolidated  profit and loss
account and  statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 1997 and the
period from  incorporation  (29 August 1996) to 31 December  1996 and the profit
and loss  account and  statement  of cash flows of Roda Print  Concepts  Limited
(Predecessor)  for the ten-month  period ended 31 October 1996.  These financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with United Kingdom auditing standards
which do not differ in any  significant  respect  from United  States  generally
accepted  auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurances about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and  significant
estimates made by the  management,  as well as evaluating the overall  financial
statements  presentation.  We believe our audit provides a reasonable  basis for
our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Roda Limited at
31 December 1997 and 1996 and the consolidated results of its operations and its
cash flows for the year ended 31 December 1997 and the period from incorporation
(29 August  1996) to 31  December  1996 and the results of  operations  and cash
flows of Roda Print Concepts  Limited for the ten-month  period ended 31 October
1996, in conformity with accounting  principles generally accepted in the United
Kingdom  which  differ in certain  respects  from those  followed  in the United
States (see Note 25 of Notes to the Financial Statements).

                                     /s/ Ernst & Young Chartered Accountants

Ernst & Young
Chartered Accountants
London, England

11 February 1998

                                      F-16

<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                     CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    COMPANY
                                                                PREDECESSOR       PERIOD FROM
                                                                 TEN MONTHS      INCORPORATION     COMPANY YEAR
                                                                  ENDED 31     (29 AUGUST 1996)      ENDED 31
                                                                  OCTOBER       TO 31 DECEMBER       DECEMBER
                                                                    1996             1996              1997
                                                       NOTES       Pounds           Pounds            Pounds
                                                      ------- --------------- ------------------ ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>     <C>             <C>                <C>
TURNOVER ............................................     3       3,058,221         625,525          4,198,219
Cost of sales .......................................            (2,035,263)       (399,674)        (2,589,186)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
GROSS PROFIT ........................................             1,022,958         225,851          1,609,033
Administrative expenses .............................            (1,067,421)       (149,319)          (943,590)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
OPERATING (LOSS)/PROFIT .............................     4         (44,463)         76,532            665,443
Profit on disposal of tangible fixed assets .........                    --              --             52,076
Interest receivable .................................                    30              13                344
Interest payable ....................................     7         (29,995)        (37,699)          (208,456)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
(LOSS)/PROFIT ON ORDINARY
 ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION .........................               (74,428)         38,846            509,407
Taxation ............................................     8           9,070         (11,355)          (169,000)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
(LOSS)/PROFIT ON ORDINARY
 ACTIVITIES AFTER TAXATION ..........................               (65,358)         27,491            340,407
Minority interest ...................................                    --         (18,130)           (64,101)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
(LOSS)/PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD ........................               (65,358)          9,361            276,306
DIVIDENDS

Preference dividend on non-equity shares
 of Roda Print Concepts Limited .....................               (45,970)             --                 --
Ordinary dividend on equity shares of Roda Print
 Concepts Ltd .......................................               (28,000)             --                 --
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
RETAINED (LOSS)/PROFIT
 FOR THE PERIOD .....................................    17        (139,328)          9,361            276,306
                                                                 ==========        ========         ==========
</TABLE>

     There were no recognized gains or losses other than those recorded above.

     A summary  of the  significant  adjustments  to the  profit/(loss)  for the
period that would be required if United  States  generally  accepted  accounting
principles were to be applied instead of those generally  accepted in the United
Kingdom is set forth in Note 25.

                    The notes to the financial statements are
                  an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                                 RODA LIMITED
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       31 DECEMBER       31 DECEMBER
                                                                           1996              1997
                                                            NOTES         Pounds             Pounds
                                                           -------   ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>               <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets ........................................       9           399,465           863,739
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks .................................................      11            96,220           148,026
Debtors ................................................      12           799,336           928,254
Cash at bank and in hand ...............................                    89,610               522
                                                                           -------           -------
                                                                           985,166         1,076,802
CREDITORS: amounts falling due within one year .........      13        (1,995,006)       (1,493,999)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES ................................                (1,009,840)         (417,197)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES ..................                  (610,375)          446,542
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than
 one year ..............................................      14        (1,147,710)       (1,928,321)
MINORITY INTEREST ......................................      21              (100)             (100)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
                                                              21        (1,758,185)       (1,481,879)
                                                                        ==========        ==========
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital ................................      16           200,000           200,000
Share premium ..........................................      17           199,998           199,998
Profit and loss account ................................      17        (2,158,183)       (1,881,877)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
                                                                        (1,758,185)       (1,481,879)
                                                                        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>
     A summary of the significant adjustments to capital and reserves that would
be required if United States generally accepted accounting principles were to be
applied instead of those  generally  accepted in the United Kingdom is set forth
in Note 25.

                   The notes to the financial statements are
                  an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   COMPANY
                                                                                 PERIOD FROM
                                                                PREDECESSOR     INCORPORATION
                                                                TEN MONTHS    (29 AUGUST 1996)   COMPANY YEAR
                                                                 ENDED 31      TO 31 DECEMBER      ENDED 31
                                                               OCTOBER 1996         1996         DECEMBER 1997
                                                       NOTES     Pounds            Pounds            Pounds
                                                      ------- -------------- ------------------ --------------
<S>                                                   <C>     <C>            <C>                <C>
RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING
 (LOSS)/PROFIT TO NET CASH FLOW
 FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Operating (loss)/profit .............................             (44,463)           76,532          665,443
Depreciation charges ................................              58,889             9,506           88,714
(Increase)/decrease in stocks .......................              (7,170)            8,532          (51,806)
(Increase)/decrease in debtors ......................             (75,115)          203,657         (123,515)
Increase/(decrease) in creditors ....................             297,438          (173,652)         (56,337)
                                                                  -------          --------         --------
Net cash inflow from operating activities ...........             229,579           124,575          522,499
                                                                  -------          --------         --------
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
Net cash inflow from operating activities ...........             229,579           124,575          522,499
Returns on investment and servicing of finance.......   22        (75,935)          (55,816)        (272,213)
Taxation ............................................             (46,647)               --          (97,865)
Capital expenditure .................................   22        (29,960)           (2,436)         (36,382)
Acquisitions ........................................   10             --        (1,627,222)              --
Equity dividends paid ...............................             (28,000)               --               --
                                                                  -------        ----------         --------
                                                                   49,037        (1,560,899)         116,039
Management of liquid resources ......................   22         25,685                --               --
FINANCING ...........................................   22       (183,432)        1,641,546         (410,245)
                                                                                    -------         --------
(Decrease)/increase in cash .........................            (108,710)           80,647         (294,206)
                                                                 ========        ==========         ========
RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO
 MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT
(Decrease)/increase in cash .........................            (108,710)           80,647         (294,206)
Cash flow from decrease/(increase) in debt and
 lease financing ....................................              81,924        (1,241,548)         410,245
Loans and finance leases acquired with
 subsidiary .........................................             (54,351)         (239,912)              --
Loan stock issued ...................................             (25,685)          (50,000)              --
New loan ............................................                  --          (816,000)              --
New finance leases ..................................                  --                --         (464,530)
                                                                 --------        ----------         --------
Change in net debt ..................................            (106,822)       (2,266,813)        (348,491)
Net debt at beginning of period .....................            (328,442)               --       (2,266,813)
                                                                 --------        ----------       ----------
Net debt at end of period ...........................   23       (435,264)       (2,266,813)      (2,615,304)
                                                                                 ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

     The significant  differences  between the statement of cash flows presented
above and that  required  under  United  States  generally  accepted  accounting
principles are described in Note 25.

                   The notes to the financial statements are
                 an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-19

<PAGE>
                                  RODA LIMITED
                        NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BASIS OF PREPARATION

     These financial  statements comprise the consolidated  financial statements
of Roda Limited ("the Company") and its subsidiary  Roda Print Concepts  Limited
("the Predecessor")  (together,  "the Group") for the period from incorporation,
29 August  1996 to 31  December  1996 and for the year ended 31  December  1997,
together with the  financial  statements  of the  Predecessor  for the 10 months
ended 31 October 1996. The Company  acquired Roda Print  Concepts  Limited on 21
October  1996 (the  trading  results from 21 October 1996 to 31 October 1996 are
not  considered  material).  Prior to its  acquisition  of Roda  Print  Concepts
Limited,  Roda Limited did not trade.  The acquisition was a management  buy-out
and the  current  shareholders  of Roda  Ltd  are not the  same as the  original
shareholders of Roda Print Concepts Limited.

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Accounting convention

     The financial  statements are prepared under the historical cost convention
and in accordance with United Kingdom applicable accounting standards.

     Goodwill

     Goodwill on acquisition has been set off directly against reserves.  If the
subsidiary is subsequently  sold or closed,  any goodwill arising on acquisition
which was written off to reserves will be taken into account in determining  the
profit or loss on sale or closure.

     Depreciation

     Depreciation  is provided on all tangible fixed assets at rates  calculated
to write off the cost less  estimated  residual  value of each asset evenly over
its expected useful life, as follows:

    Leasehold improvements               --     over the lease term
    Plant and machinery                  --     10% per annum
    Fixtures, fittings and equipment     --     10% per annum
    Motor vehicles                       --     20% per annum

     Stocks

     Stocks  are  stated at the  lower of cost and net  realizable  value.  Cost
includes  all  expenses  incurred in  bringing  the  products  to their  present
location and  condition.  Net  realisable  value is based on  estimated  selling
prices less any further costs to be incurred on disposal.

     Deferred taxation

     Deferred  taxation  is  provided  on the  liability  method  for all timing
differences which are expected to reverse in the future,  calculated at the rate
at which it is estimated that tax will be payable.

     Foreign currencies

     Transactions  in foreign  currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the
date of the  transaction or at the contracted rate if the transaction is covered
by a forward exchange contract.  Monetary assets and liabilities  denominated in
foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at the rate of  exchange  ruling  at the
balance sheet date or, if appropriate, at the forward contract rate.

     Pensions

     The Group contributes to two defined contribution schemes for its directors
and employees.  The assets of the schemes are held  separately from those of the
Company in independently  administered funds. The pension cost charge represents
contributions paid by the Company to the schemes.

                                      F-20

<PAGE>

                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

     Leasing commitments

     Assets held under finance leases,  which are leases where substantially all
the risks and rewards of the  ownership of the asset have passed to the Company,
are  capitalized  in the balance  sheet and are  depreciated  over their  useful
lives. The capital elements of future  obligations under the leases are included
as liabilities in the balance sheet.

     The interest  elements of the rental  obligations are charged in the profit
and loss  account  over the  periods  of the  leases  and  represent  a constant
proportion of the balance of capital repayments outstanding.

     Rentals payable under  operating  leases are charged in the profit and loss
account on a straight line basis over the lease term.

3. TURNOVER

     Turnover,  which is stated net of value  added tax and  represents  amounts
invoiced to third parties,  and pre-tax  profits are wholly  attributable to the
Group's one continuing activity of general printing.

     An analysis of turnover by geographical market is given below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               COMPANY
                                                             PERIOD FROM
                                               PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                  ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                   1996           1996          1997
                                                  Pounds         Pounds        Pounds
                                              ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>             <C>
     United Kingdom .........................   2,393,100      336,000       2,972,334
     Rest of the European Community .........     236,969      108,918         531,138
     Rest of the world ......................     428,152      180,607         694,747
                                                ---------      -------       ---------
                                                3,058,221      625,525       4,198,219
                                                =========      =======       =========
</TABLE>

4. OPERATING (LOSS)/PROFIT

     This is stated after charging:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             COMPANY
                                                                           PERIOD FROM
                                                            PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                             TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                               ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                             31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                                1996           1996          1997
                                                               Pounds         Pounds        Pounds
                                                           ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>             <C>
     Auditors' remuneration--audit fees ..................      6,250        1,250              --
     Depreciation of owned fixed assets ..................     46,374        7,005          38,751
     Depreciation of assets held under finance
     leases and hire purchase contracts ..................     12,515        2,501          49,963
     Operating lease rentals--land and buildings .........     30,000        6,000          36,000
                                                               ======        =====          ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-21

<PAGE>

                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

5. DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS

                                                       COMPANY
                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                      PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                       TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                         ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                       31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                          1996           1996          1997
                                         Pounds         Pounds        Pounds
                                     ------------- --------------- ------------
     Emoluments ....................   225,435          23,131        157,063
     Pension contributions .........   224,389           2,666         14,149
                                       -------          ------        -------
                                       449,824          25,797        171,212
                                       =======          ======        =======

     Directors' emoluments,  excluding pension  contributions,  were paid by the
subsidiary undertakings and fell within the following ranges:


                                            NO.     NO.     NO.
                                           -----   -----   ----
          Poundsnil -- Pounds5,000 .............     3       3      --
        Pounds15,000 -- Pounds19,999 ...........    --       1      --
        Pounds20,000 -- Pounds24,999 ...........    --      --       2
        Pounds75,000 -- Pounds79,999 ...........     1      --      --
       Pounds105,000 -- Pounds109,999 ..........    --      --       1
       Pounds120,000 -- Pounds127,999 ..........     1      --      --

     The emoluments of the highest paid director,  were  Pounds107,627  (1996 --
Pounds120,354,   for  the  pre-acquisition   period  and  Pounds19,131  for  the
consolidated period) (these were not the same directors).

     The chairman received no emoluments.

6. STAFF COSTS
                                                       COMPANY
                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                      PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                       TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                         ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                       31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                          1996           1996          1997
                                         Pounds         Pounds        Pounds
                                     ------------- --------------- ------------
     Wages and salaries ............     926,724       190,969      1,300,333
     Social security costs .........      88,627        20,677        126,950
     Other pension costs ...........      15,886         1,215         13,495
                                         -------       -------      ---------
                                       1,031,237       212,861      1,440,778
                                       =========       =======      =========

     The average  weekly  number of employees  during the period,  including the
directors, was as follows:

                                    NO.     NO.     NO.
                                   -----   -----   ----
       Factory .................    19      19      37
       Administration ..........    12      12       9
       Directors ...............     2       2       1
                                    --      --      --
                                    33      33      47
                                    ==      ==      ==

                                      F-22

<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

7. INTEREST PAYABLE AND SIMILAR CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            COMPANY
                                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                           PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                            TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                              ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                            31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                               1996           1996          1997
                                                              Pounds         Pounds        Pounds
                                                          ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>             <C>
     Interest payable on bank overdraft .................     23,513          4,055          4,759
     Finance leases and hire purchase contracts .........      5,808          1,001         27,469
     Other interest payable .............................        674         32,643        176,228
                                                              ------         ------        -------
                                                              29,995         37,699        208,456
                                                              ======         ======        =======
</TABLE>

8. TAXATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            COMPANY
                                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                           PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                            TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                              ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                            31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                               1996           1996          1997
                                                              Pounds         Pounds        Pounds
                                                          ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>             <C>
     Based on the (loss)/profit for the period: .........
     UK corporation tax at 31.5% (1996 -- 33%) ..........     12,505        (11,355)      (115,000)
     Corporation tax underprovided in previous years          (3,435)            --        (54,000)
                                                              ------        -------       --------
                                                               9,070        (11,355)      (169,000)
                                                              ======        =======       ========
</TABLE>

9. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

     Company -- year to 31 December 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      IMPROVEMENT       PLANT         FIXTURES,
                                           TO            AND        FITTINGS AND       MOTOR
                                       LEASEHOLD      MACHINERY       EQUIPMENT      VEHICLES        TOTAL
                                         Pounds         Pounds          Pounds         Pounds        Pounds
                                     -------------   -----------   --------------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
COST:
At 1 January 1997 ................       19,438        469,659         152,290        51,690        693,077
Additions ........................        4,602        535,881          54,079         2,350        596,912
Disposals ........................           --        (90,597)             --            --        (90,597)
                                         ------        -------         -------        ------        -------
At 31 December 1997 ..............       24,040        914,943         206,369        54,040      1,199,392
                                         ------        -------         -------        ------      ---------
DEPRECIATION:
At 1 January 1997 ................        5,102        212,736          67,550         8,224        293,612
Provided during the year .........        2,754         58,203          17,302        10,455         88,714
Disposals ........................           --        (46,673)             --            --        (46,673)
                                         ------        -------         -------        ------      ---------
At 31 December 1997 ..............        7,856        224,266          84,852        18,679        335,653
                                         ------        -------         -------        ------      ---------
Net book value at
 31 December 1997 ................       16,184        690,677         121,517        35,361        863,739
                                         ======        =======         =======        ======      =========
Net book value at
 31 December 1996 ................       14,336        256,923          84,740        43,466        399,465
                                         ======        =======         =======        ======      =========
</TABLE>

     The net book value of  tangible  fixed  assets  includes  Pounds617,529  in
respect of assets held under finance leases.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

9. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS - (CONTINUED)

     Company -- period from incorporation (29 August 1996) to 31 December 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             IMPROVEMENT       PLANT         FIXTURES,
                                                  TO            AND        FITTINGS AND      MOTOR
                                              LEASEHOLD      MACHINERY       EQUIPMENT      VEHICLES       TOTAL
                                                Pounds         Pounds          Pounds        Pounds       Pounds
                                            -------------   -----------   --------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
COST:
On incorporation ........................           --             --             --             --           --
Arising on acquisition of ...............
subsidiary undertakings .................       14,543        263,440         84,785         43,767      406,535
Additions ...............................           --             --          2,436             --        2,436
                                                ------        -------         ------         ------      -------
At 31 December 1996 .....................       14,543        263,440         87,221         43,767      408,971
                                                ------        -------         ------         ------      -------
DEPRECIATION:
On incorporation ........................           --             --             --             --           --
Provided during the period ..............          207          6,517          2,481            301        9,506
                                                ------        -------         ------         ------      -------
At 31 December 1996 .....................          207          6,517          2,481            301        9,506
                                                ------        -------         ------         ------      -------
Net book value at
 31 December 1996 .......................       14,336        256,923         84,740         43,466      399,465
                                                ======        =======         ======         ======      =======
Net book value on incorporation .........           --             --             --             --           --
                                                ======        =======         ======         ======      =======
</TABLE>

     The net book value of  tangible  fixed  assets  includes  Pounds152,999  in
respect of assets held under  finance  leases.  Predecessor  -- ten months to 31
October 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        IMPROVEMENT       PLANT         FIXTURES,
                                             TO            AND        FITTINGS AND      MOTOR
                                         LEASEHOLD      MACHINERY       EQUIPMENT      VEHICLES       TOTAL
                                           Pounds         Pounds          Pounds        Pounds        Pounds
                                       -------------   -----------   --------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
COST:
At 1 January 1996 ..................       19,438        453,159         125,933         7,800      606,330
Additions ..........................           --         16,500          23,921        43,890       84,311
                                           ------        -------         -------        ------      -------
At 31 October 1996 .................       19,438        469,659         149,854        51,690      690,641
                                           ------        -------         -------        ------      -------
DEPRECIATION:
At 1 January 1996 ..................        3,857        167,079          53,469           812      225,217
Provided during the period .........        1,038         39,140          11,600         7,111       58,889
                                           ------        -------         -------        ------      -------
At 31 October 1996 .................        4,895        206,219          65,069         7,923      284,106
                                           ------        -------         -------        ------      -------
NET BOOK VALUE:
At 31 October 1996 .................       14,543        263,440          84,785        43,767      406,535
                                           ======        =======         =======        ======      =======
At 31 December 1995 ................       15,581        286,080          72,464         6,988      381,113
                                           ======        =======         =======        ======      =======
</TABLE>

     The net book value of  tangible  fixed  assets  includes  Pounds145,500  in
respect of assets held under finance leases.

                                      F-24

<PAGE>
                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

10. ANALYSIS OF THE ACQUISITION OF RODA PRINT CONCEPTS LIMITED


                                                          NET BOOK
                                                         VALUE AND
                                                         FAIR VALUE
                                                           Pounds
                                                       -------------
       Fixed assets ................................       406,535
       Stocks ......................................       104,752
       Debtors .....................................     1,003,004
       Cash ........................................        23,590
       Overdraft ...................................      (218,940)
       Creditors ...................................      (948,599)
       Loans and finance leases ....................      (239,914)
                                                         ---------
       Net assets ..................................       130,428
       Less: Minority interest .....................          (100)
       Goodwill arising on the acquisition .........     2,167,544
                                                         ---------
                                                         2,297,872
                                                         =========
       DISCHARGED BY:
       Loan ........................................       866,000
       Cash ........................................     1,419,872
       Retention account ...........................        12,000
                                                         ---------
                                                         2,297,872
                                                         =========

     On 21 October  1996 the Company  acquired,  from the family  interests of D
Boulton, 100% of the equity issued share capital of Roda Print Concepts Limited,
a company incorporated in Great Britain, for a consideration of Pounds2,297,872.

     CASH FLOWS RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION OF RODA PRINT CONCEPTS LIMITED:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Pounds
                                                                               ---------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
       Net overdraft .......................................................        (195,350)
       Cost of acquisition of Roda Print Concepts Limited -- cash ..........      (1,419,872)
       Cost of acquisition of Roda Print Concepts Limited -- cash placed
        in escrow account ..................................................         (12,000)
                                                                                  ----------
                                                                                  (1,627,222)
                                                                                  ==========
</TABLE>

11. STOCKS
                                      1996        1997
                                     Pounds       Pounds
                                    --------   ----------
       Raw materials ............    96,220     133,934
       Work in progress .........        --      14,092
                                     ------     -------
                                     96,220     148,026
                                     ======     =======

12. DEBTORS
                                                    1996        1997
                                                   Pounds      Pounds
                                                  ---------   ----------
       Trade debtors ..........................   766,365      827,353
       Other debtors ..........................    16,623       69,399
       Prepayments and accrued income .........    16,348       31,502
                                                  -------      -------
                                                  799,336      928,254
                                                  =======      =======

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

13. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR


                                                        1996           1997
                                                       Pounds         Pounds
                                                    ------------   ------------
       Bank loans and overdrafts ..................    261,594        466,712
       Obligations under finance leases ...........     33,618        122,798
       Trade creditors ............................    631,304        558,372
       Corporation tax ............................     63,067        134,202
       Advance corporation tax ....................         --          5,403
       Other taxes and social security costs ......     62,316         41,765
       Other creditors ............................    913,502        133,124
       Accruals ...................................     29,605         31,623
                                                       -------        -------
                                                     1,995,006      1,493,999
                                                     =========      =========

14. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR
                                                         1996           1997
                                                        Pounds         Pounds
                                                     ------------   ------------
       Loans wholly repayable within five years: 
       Bank loans ................................      947,369        715,785
       Other creditors ...........................      117,975         82,336
       Obligations under finance leases ..........       32,366        280,200
       Loan notes ................................       50,000        850,000
                                                        -------        -------
                                                      1,147,710      1,928,321
                                                      =========      =========

     The bank loans and overdraft are secured on the assets of the Group.  Other
creditors  (notes 13 and 14) include a loan from the directors'  pension fund of
Pounds130,336  (1996 --  Pounds165,480)  which is  unsecured  and  repayable  by
monthly  instalments  until  30  June  2004.  The  loan  notes  are  part of the
management buy-out consideration,  secured on the assets of the Group. These are
convertible to ordinary shares after a period of 5 years, if unredeemed,  at the
option of the stockholder.

     The finance lease liabilities mature as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1996          1997
                                                                        Pounds        Pounds
                                                                     -----------   ------------
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>
       Within one to two years ...................................      40,011        163,536
       Within two to five years ..................................      33,717        321,497
                                                                        ------        -------
                                                                        73,728        485,033

       Less: finance charges allocated to future periods .........      (7,744)       (82,035)
                                                                        ------        -------
                                                                        65,984        402,998
                                                                        ======        =======
</TABLE>

15. PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

     Deferred taxation not provided is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        NOT PROVIDED
                                                                 ---------------------------
                                                                     1996           1997
                                                                    Pounds         Pounds
                                                                 ------------   ------------
       <S>                                                           <C>            <C>
       Capital allowances in advance of depreciation .........      (54,190)       (99,000)
                                                                    =======        =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-26

<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

16. SHARE CAPITAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ALLOTTED,
                                                                        CALLED UP
                                                 AUTHORIZED           AND FULLY PAID
                                          ------------------------- ------------------
                                              1996         1997        1996     1997
                                             Pounds       Pounds      Pounds   Pounds
                                          ------------ ------------ --------- --------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>
       `A' ordinary shares of 50p each ..    100,000      100,000   100,000   100,000
       `B' ordinary shares of 50p each ..    900,000      900,000   100,000   100,000
                                             -------      -------   -------   -------
                                           1,000,000    1,000,000   200,000   200,000
                                           =========    =========   =======   =======
</TABLE>

     On  incorporation,  2 ordinary  shares of Pounds1  each were  issued to the
subscribers to the Memorandum and Articles of Association for cash consideration
of Pounds2. On 21 October 1996 the Pounds1 shares were each converted to two 50p
ordinary `A' shares,  and the  authorised  share  capital was then  increased to
Pounds1,000,000  (made up of 200,000 ordinary `A' shares and 1,800,000  ordinary
`B' shares).  Pounds200,000 ordinary `B' shares and an additional  Pounds199,996
ordinary `A' shares were then issued for Pounds1 each (i.e.  at a premium of 50p
per share) for cash as part of the Management Buy-Out Agreement.

     All shares have equal rights except on sale.

17. RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDER'S FUNDS AND MOVEMENTS IN RESERVES

                                                                  TOTAL
                                      SHARE     PROFIT AND    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                     CAPITAL   LOSS ACCOUNT      FUNDS
                                     Pounds      Pounds         Pounds
                                    --------- -------------- --------------
    PREDECESSOR
      At 1 January 1996 ...........    200        269,556        269,756
      Loss for the period .........     --       (139,328)      (139,328)
                                       ---       --------       --------
      At 31 October 1996 ..........    200        130,228        130,428
                                       ===       ========       ========
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PROFIT          TOTAL
                                                     SHARE     SHARE       AND LOSS     SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                    CAPITAL   PREMIUM      ACCOUNT          FUNDS
                                                     Pounds    Pounds       Pounds          Pounds
                                                   --------- --------- --------------- --------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>
   COMPANY
     On incorporation ............................        2                                       2
     Issue of share capital: on acquisition of
      Roda Print Concepts Limited ................  199,998   199,998             --        399,996
     Goodwill write off ..........................                        (2,167,544)    (2,167,544)
     Profit for the period .......................                             9,361          9,361
                                                                          ----------     ----------
     At 31 December 1996 .........................  200,000   199,998     (2,158,183)    (1,758,185)
     Profit for the year .........................       --        --        276,306        276,306
                                                    -------   -------     ----------     ----------
     At 31 December 1997 .........................  200,000   199,998     (1,881,877)    (1,481,879)
                                                    =======   =======     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

18. FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS

     The Group had annual commitments under non-cancellable  operating leases as
follows:

                                                                     LAND AND
                                                    OTHER            BUILDINGS
                                             1996    1997    1996      1997
                                            Pounds  Pounds  Pounds    Pounds
                                           ------- ------- --------- ----------
       Operating leases which expire:
        within one year ..................  3,000   4,281       --         --
        within two to five years .........     --      --   36,000     36,000
                                            -----   -----   ------     ------
                                            3,000   4,281   36,000     36,000
                                            =====   =====   ======     ======
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

19. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

     The Group has  authorised  but not  contracted  for capital  expenditure of
Poundsnil (1996 -- Pounds120,000).

20. ULTIMATE CONTROLLING ENTITY

     In the opinion of the directors there is no ultimate controlling entity.

21. MINORITY INTERESTS

     The  non-equity  minority  interests  represents  a  100%  holding  of  the
preference  shares of Roda Print Concepts  Limited by a third party. The holders
of these shares have no rights against other group companies.

22. NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              COMPANY
                                                                            PERIOD FROM
                                                             PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                              TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                                ENDED           1996        TO ENDED
                                                              31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                                 1996           1996           1997
                                                                Pounds         Pounds         Pounds
                                                            ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>             <C>
     Interest received ....................................          30             --           344
     Dividends paid on non-equity shares ..................     (45,970)            --            --
     Subsidiary dividend paid .............................          --        (18,130)      (64,101)
     Interest paid ........................................     (24,187)       (36,685)     (180,987)
     Interest element of finance lease rental payments           (5,808)        (1,001)      (27,469)
                                                                -------        -------      --------
     Net cash outflow from returns on investments
       and servicing of finance ...........................     (75,935)       (55,816)     (272,213)
                                                                =======        =======      ========
     CAPITAL EXPENDITURE:
     Payments to acquire tangible fixed assets ............     (29,960)        (2,436)     (132,382)
     Receipts from sales of tangible fixed assets .........          --             --        96,000
                                                                -------        -------      --------
                                                                (29,960)        (2,436)      (36,382)
                                                                =======        =======      ========
     MANAGEMENT OF LIQUID RESOURCES:
     Sale of short term investment ........................      25,685             --            --
                                                                -------        -------      --------
     Net cash inflow ......................................      25,685             --            --
                                                                -------        -------      --------
     FINANCING:
     Capital element of finance lease rental payments           (37,736)        (8,114)     (127,517)
     Capital repayment of pension fund loan ...............      (5,866)          (333)      (35,149)
     Capital repayment of bank loan .......................     (38,322)            --      (231,579)
     Loan to Roda Limited .................................    (101,508)            --            --
     Repayment of loan ....................................          --             --       (16,000)
     New secured loan .....................................          --      1,200,000            --
     New unsecured loan ...................................          --         49,995            --
     Share capital issued .................................          --        399,998            --
                                                               --------      ---------      --------
     Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing .............    (183,432)     1,641,546      (410,245)
                                                               ========      =========      ========
</TABLE>
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

23. ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET DEBT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AT                                            AS
                                            1 JANUARY                        OTHER        31 OCTOBER
                                               1996        CASH FLOWS       CHANGES          1996
                                              Pounds         Pounds          Pounds         Pounds
                                          -------------   ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
   PREDECESSOR
     Cash at bank and in hand .........        26,092         (2,502)                        23,590
     Bank overdraft ...................      (112,732)      (106,208)                      (218,940)
                                             --------       --------                       --------
                                              (86,640)      (108,710)                      (195,350)
     Finance leases ...................       (57,486)        37,736        (54,351)        (74,101)
     Loans ............................      (210,001)       145,696       (101,508)       (165,813)
                                                            --------
     Short term investment ............        25,685        (25,685)
                                             --------       --------
                                             (328,442)       (49,037)      (155,859)       (435,264)
                                             ========       ========       ========        ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AT                                                         AS
                                         1 NOVEMBER                                    OTHER       31 DECEMBER
                                            1996        CASH FLOWS    ACQUISITION     CHANGES          1996
                                           Pounds         Pounds         Pounds        Pounds         Pounds
                                        ------------ --------------- ------------- ------------- ---------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
   COMPANY
     Cash at bank and in hand .........     --              89,610                                      89,610
     Bank overdraft ...................     --              (8,963)                                     (8,963)
                                            --              ------                                      ------
                                            --              80,647                                      80,647
     Finance leases ...................     --               8,114       (74,099)                      (65,985)
     Loans ............................     --          (1,249,662)     (165,480)     (866,333)     (2,281,475)
                                                                 -      --------      --------      ----------
                                            --          (1,160,901)     (239,579)     (866,333)     (2,266,813)
                                            ==          ==========      ========      ========      ==========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 AT                                               AS
                                             1 JANUARY                         OTHER          31 OCTOBER
                                                1997         CASH FLOWS       CHANGES            1997
                                               Pounds          Pounds          Pounds           Pounds
                                          ---------------   ------------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>             <C>
   COMPANY
     Cash at bank and in hand .........          89,610        (89,088)                              522
     Bank overdraft ...................          (8,963)      (205,118)                         (214,081)
                                                 ------       --------                          --------
                                                 80,647       (294,206)                         (213,559)
     Finance leases ...................         (65,985)       127,517        (464,530)         (402,998)
     Loans ............................      (2,281,475)       282,728                        (1,998,747)
                                             ----------       --------                        ----------
                                             (2,266,813)       116,039        (464,530)       (2,615,304)
                                             ==========       ========        ========        ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-29

<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

24. COMPANIES ACT 1985

     These financial  statements do not comprise  statutory  accounts within the
meaning of section 240 of the  Companies  Act 1985 of Great  Britain.  Statutory
accounts for the year ended 31 December  1996 of Roda Print  Concepts  Ltd, have
been  delivered to the Registrar of Companies  for England and Wales.  Statutory
accounts for the period from  incorporation to 31 December 1997 for Roda Limited
and the  year  ended 31  December  1997 for Roda  Print  Concepts  Ltd.  will be
delivered  to the  Registrar.  The  auditors'  reports  on these  accounts  were
unqualified.

25. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED
    KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES

     The Group's  consolidated  financial  statements are prepared in accordance
with accounting  principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom ("UK GAAP")
which  differ  in  certain  respects  from  United  States  generally   accepted
accounting principles ("US GAAP"). The significant  differences as they apply to
the Group are summarized below.

   
     Goodwill

     Under  UK GAAP  the  goodwill  arising  on the  acquisition  of Roda  Print
Concepts Limited has been charged to reserves. Under US GAAP such goodwill would
be  capitalised  and amortised over its estimated  useful life of 40 years.  The
goodwill  arising under UK GAAP differs from that arising under US GAAP because,
under US GAAP, the net assets acquired would be net of a deferred tax liability.

  Corporation tax

     Under UK GAAP an additional  provision is required for a prior year,  which
is booked in 1997.  Under US GAAP such an item  would be taken back to the prior
year.     

     Deferred taxation

   
     Under UK GAAP the Group  provides  for  deferred  tax  using the  liability
method on all timing  differences  which are  expected  to reverse in the future
without being  replaced,  calculated at the rate at which it is anticipated  the
timing  differences  will reverse.  Under US GAAP deferred  taxation is provided
using  the  liability  method  on  all  temporary   differences.   Deferred  tax
liabilities  and assets would be  classified  as current or non current based on
the classification between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
    

                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

25. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED
    KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES - (CONTINUED)

   

     The following is a summary of the significant  adjustments to profit/(loss)
for the period and capital and reserves, which would be required if US GAAP were
to be applied  instead of UK GAAP  together  with a statement  of  shareholders'
equity:     

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  COMPANY
                                                                                PERIOD FROM
                                                                 PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                                  TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                                    ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                                  31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                                     1996           1996          1997
                                                                    Pounds         Pounds        Pounds
                                                                ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>             <C>
INCOME
 (Loss)/profit for the period as reported in consolidated
   statement of income ........................................     (65,358)        9,361        276,306
 Amortisation of goodwill .....................................          --       (18,614)       (55,843)
 Prior period tax adjustment ..................................          --       (54,000)        54,000
 Deferred taxation: Methodology ...............................     (66,172)       11,982        (44,810)
                                                                    -------       -------        -------
 Net (loss)/income as adjusted to accord with US GAAP .........    (131,530)      (51,271)       229,653
                                                                   ========       =======        =======
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       31 DECEMBER       31 DECEMBER
                                                                           1996              1997
                                                                     ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
 Capital and reserves as reported in the consolidated balance
   sheet .........................................................      (1,758,185)       (1,481,879)
 Goodwill ........................................................       2,215,102         2,159,259
 Deferred taxation: Methodology ..................................         (54,190)          (99,000)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
 Current liabilities-corporation tax .............................         (54,000)               --
 Shareholders' equity as adjusted to accord with US GAAP .........         348,727           578,380
                                                                        ==========        ==========

</TABLE>
    

   
     Statement of movements in shareholders' equity as adjusted to US GAAP:
    

   
                                                               Pounds
                                                           ------------
            Balance at 29 August 1996 ..................           --
            Share capital issued .......................      399,998
            Net loss as adjusted to US GAAP ............      (51,271)
                                                              -------
            Balance at 31 December 1996 ................      348,727
            Net income as adjusted to US GAAP ..........      229,653
                                                              -------
            Balance at 31 December 1997 ................      578,380
                                                              =======
    
                                      F-31

<PAGE>
                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

25. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED
    KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES - (CONTINUED)

     Cash flows

     The consolidated  statement of cash flows presents  substantially  the same
information as that required under US GAAP.  These statements  differ,  however,
with regard to  classification of items within the statements and as regards the
definition of cash and cash equivalents.

     Under US GAAP, cash and cash equivalents  would not include bank overdrafts
and borrowings with initial maturities of less than three months. Under UK GAAP,
cash flows are  presented  separately  for  operating  activities,  servicing of
finance and returns on investments,  taxation, capital expenditure and financial
investment, equity dividends paid, management of liquid resources and financing.
US GAAP,  however,  require only three  categories  of cash flow  activity to be
reported:  operating,  investing  and  financing.  Cash flows from  taxation and
servicing of finance and return on investments  shown under UK GAAP would,  with
the exception of dividends  paid, be included as operating  activities  under US
GAAP. The payment of dividends  would be included as a financing  activity under
US GAAP. Under US GAAP,  capitalised  interest is treated as part of the cost of
the asset to which it relates and thus included as part of investing cash flows;
under UK GAAP all  interest  is treated  as part of  servicing  of  finance  and
returns on investments.

     The categories of cash flow  activities  under US GAAP can be summarised as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             COMPANY
                                                                           PERIOD FROM
                                                          PREDECESSOR     INCORPORATION       COMPANY
                                                           TEN MONTHS       (29 AUGUST         YEAR
                                                             ENDED           1996) TO          ENDED
                                                           31 OCTOBER      31 DECEMBER      31 DECEMBER
                                                              1996             1996            1997
                                                             Pounds            Pounds          Pounds
                                                         -------------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>               <C>
   Cash flows from operating activities ..............      106,997             68,759        152,421
   Cash outflows on investing activities .............      (29,960)        (1,629,658)       (36,382)
   Cash flows from financing activities ..............      (79,539)         1,650,509       (205,127)
                                                            -------         ----------       --------
   Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .        (2,502)            89,610        (89,088)
   Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period .        26,092                 --         89,610
                                                            -------         ----------       --------
   Cash and cash equivalent at end of period .........       23,590             89,610            522
                                                            =======         ==========       ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-32

<PAGE>

================================================================================
   
     NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  IN  CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS,  AND,  IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH
INFORMATION  AND  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST  NOT  BE  RELIED  UPON  AS  HAVING  BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE  COMPANY  OR  THE  UNDERWRITERS.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES
BY ANY PERSON IN ANY  JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION  IS NOT
AUTHORIZED  OR IN WHICH THE  PERSON  ASKING  SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION  IS NOT
QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION.  NEITHER  THE  DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY  SALE  MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE  COMPANY  SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME  SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.

    

                     ------------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

   

                                                 PAGE
                                             ------------
Prospectus Summary .......................         3
Risk Factors .............................         7
The Company ..............................        14
Use of Proceeds ..........................        15
Dividend Policy ..........................        15
Capitalization ...........................        17
Dilution .................................        18
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
   Financial Statements ..................        19
Selected Financial Data ..................        24
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of
   Operations ............................        26
Business .................................        31
Management ...............................        40
Principal Stockholders ...................        48
Certain Transactions .....................        49
Description of Capital Stock .............        50
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ..........        52
Underwriting .............................        53
Legal Matters ............................        55
Experts ..................................        55
Additional Information ...................        55
Index to Financial Statements ............        F-1
    

                     ------------------------------------

     UNTIL           1998  (25  DAYS  AFTER  THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED  HEREBY,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN  ADDITION  TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF  DEALERS  TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS  WHEN  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

================================================================================



================================================================================
   

                                2,100,000 SHARES

                                     [LOGO]
                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

    

                                 COMMON STOCK

               ------------------------------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
               ------------------------------------------------
   

                              SCHRODER & CO. INC.
                       PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED

    

                                      , 1998


================================================================================
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     Set forth below is an  estimate of the fees and  expenses to be incurred in
connection  with the  issuance  and  distribution  of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby.

     Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee .....      $ 9,262
     NASD Filing Fee .........................................      $ 3,640
     NASDAQ Listing Fee -- National Market Fee ...............      $44,500
     Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ..............................      $      *
                                                                    -------
     Legal Fees and Expenses .................................      $      *
     Accounting Fees .........................................      $      *
     Printing and Engraving Costs ............................      $      *
     Transfer Agent Fees .....................................      $      *
     Miscellaneous Expenses ..................................      $      *
                                                                    =======
     Total ...................................................      $800,000
                                                                    ========
- ----------
* To be included by amendment.


ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The  Registrant's   Certificate  of  Incorporation   contains  a  provision
eliminating   or  limiting   director   liability  to  the  Registrant  and  its
stockholders  for  monetary  damages  arising  from  acts  or  omissions  in the
director's capacity as director.  The provision does not, however,  eliminate or
limit the personal liability of a director (i) for any breach of such director's
duty  of  loyalty  to the  Registrant  or its  stockholders,  (ii)  for  acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct or knowing
violation  of the law,  (iii) under the New Jersey  statutory  provision  making
directors personally liable, under a negligence standard, for unlawful dividends
or unlawful  stock  purchases or redemptions  or (iv) for any  transaction  from
which the director derived an improper personal  benefit.  This provision offers
persons who serve on the Board of Directors of the Registrant protection against
awards of monetary damages resulting from breaches of their duty of care (except
as  indicated  above).  As a  result  of  this  provision,  the  ability  of the
Registrant or a stockholder thereof to successfully  prosecute an action against
a director  for breach of his duty of care is limited.  However,  the  provision
does not affect the availability of equitable  remedies such as an injunction or
rescission  based upon a director's  breach of his duty of care.  The Securities
and Exchange  Commission  has taken the position that the provision will have no
effect on claims arising under the federal securities laws.

     In addition,  the  Registrant's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws
provide for mandatory  indemnification rights, subject to limited exceptions, to
any director or officer of the  Registrant  who by reason of the fact that he or
she is a  director  or  officer  of  the  Registrant,  is  involved  in a  legal
proceeding of any nature. Such indemnification  rights include reimbursement for
expenses incurred by such director, officer, employee or agent in advance of the
final deposition of such proceeding in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

     Each of the  officers  and  directors  of the  Company is  insured  against
certain  liabilities  which he or she might  incur in his or her  capacity as an
officer or director pursuant to a Directors and Officers Liability Policy issued
by Federal Insurance Company of Warren,  New Jersey.  The general effect of this
policy is that if during the policy  period any claim or claims are made against
the officers  and  directors  of the Company or any of them  individually  for a
Wrongful  Act (as defined in the policy)  while  acting in their  individual  or
collective capacities as directors or officers,  and the Company has indemnified
them,  the insurer will pay for 100% of any Loss (as defined in the policy).  In
those  instances  where the officers and  directors are not  indemnified  by the
Company, the insurer will pay on behalf of the officers and directors

                                      II-1

<PAGE>
of the Company or any of them, their executors, administrators, or assigns, 100%
of the Loss. The insurer's  combined limit of liability is $1,000,000 during any
policy year and $1,000,000 for any single Loss. "Wrongful Act" is defined as any
error,  misstatement,  misleading statement, act, omission, neglect or breach of
duty  actually or allegedly  committed or attempted by the officers or directors
of the Company while acting in their  individual or collective  capacities or in
any matter,  not  excluded by the terms and  conditions  of the policy,  claimed
against them by reason of their being directors or officers of the Company.  The
term  "Loss" is defined as any amount  which the  Company  shall be  required or
permitted by law to pay to such person as  indemnity  for a claim or claims made
against them for "Wrongful Acts," and includes damages, judgments,  settlements,
costs,  charges,  and  expenses  incurred in the  defense of  actions,  suits or
proceedings and appeals therefrom,  except that the term "Loss" does not include
fines or  penalties  imposed by law or matters  which may be deemed  uninsurable
under the law pursuant to which the policy shall be construed.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     Upon  formation  of the  Company,  one share of Common  Stock was issued to
Michael R. Cunningham.

     Immediately  prior to the  Offering,  the  Company is closing  the  private
placement of 2,595,260  shares of Common Stock to the existing  stockholders  of
the Predecessor in connection with the Reorganization.

     The recipients of these securities are the following:


NAME                                               NUMBER OF SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------
       Michael R. Cunningham ....................     2,050,727
       Gordon Mays ..............................       228,198
       Timothy Mays .............................       165,803
       James J. Cunningham, Trustee .............       130,898
       William J. Mays, Trustee .................         9,817
       William Edward Shannon, Trustee ..........         9,817

     Contemporaneously  with the  completion  of the  Offering,  the  Company is
closing the private  placement of 169,739  shares of Common Stock to the selling
stockholders  of Roda as part of the  purchase  price for the  shares of capital
stock of Roda. For purposes of the transaction, a share of Common Stock is being
valued at the initial public offering price.

     The recipients of these securities are the following:

   

NAME                                                NUMBER OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------
       Peter L. Furlonge .........................      128,323
       Ralph J. Elman ............................          624
       Stelby Holdings Limited ...................        3,999
       Central Investments Limited ...............       17,901
       The Naggar Family Pension Scheme ..........        3,999
       M. L. Tagliaferri .........................          508
       M. D. Moriarty ............................           51
       Mrs. J. Moriarty ..........................           76
       George Harvey .............................       14,258

    

     The  Company  relies on Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act in making the
foregoing  private  placements.  No offer was made to any person  other than the
existing  stockholders of the  Predecessor and the selling  stockholders of Roda
Limited.

     No underwriters are involved nor will any commissions be paid in connection
with the foregoing transactions.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

   

EXHIBIT NO.                DESCRIPTION
- ---------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

   1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement among the Company,  Schroder & Co. Inc.
          and Prudential Securities Incorporated
   1.2-   Agreement  for the Sale  and  Purchase  of  the  Entire  Issued  Share
          Capital of Roda Limited dated  January 16, 1998 between P.L.  Furlonge
          and others and the Predecessor
   1.2    (a) Supplemental  Agreement dated March 24, 1998 between P.L. Furlonge
          and others and the Predecessor
   2.1*   Reorganization  Agreement  among  Stockholders  of the Predecessor and
          CGII
   3.1-   Certificate of Incorporation
   3.2-   By-Laws
   4.2*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
   5.1*   Opinion of Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
  10.1    1998 Stock Option Plan
  10.2-   Directors' Stock Option Plan
  10.3*   Employment Agreement between the Company and M.R. Cunningham
  10.4*   Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Mays
  10.5*   Employment Agreement between the Company and T. Mays
  10.6*   Employment Agreement between the Company and R. Needle
  10.7*   Form of Service Agreement between Roda Limited and P.L. Furlonge
  10.8*   Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert M. Okin
  10.9 -  Loan and  Security  Agreement  dated  December  15, 1997 between the
          Company  and  Summit  Bank,  as  amended  10.10-+  Printing   Services
          Agreement dated July 12, 1996 between the Company and Goldman, Sachs &
          Co., as amended
  10.11-  Agreement  of Lease  dated  April 18,  1989  between  the  Company and
          Lackawanna Warehouse Corp. of New Jersey, as amended
  10.12-  Agreement  of  Sublease  dated July 15,  1996  between the Company and
          Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  10.13   Form of Roda Lease
  10.14   Joint Marketing Agreement among Cunningham Graphics,  Inc., Roda Print
          Concepts Ltd. and Workable Ltd.
  14(a)-  Financial Statement Schedule
          Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedule
          Schedule II -- Valuation of Qualifying Accounts
  21.1 -  List of all subsidiaries of the Company
  23.1*   Consent of Gibbons,  Del Deo, Dolan,  Griffinger & Vecchione (included
          in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young Chartered Accountants
  24.1    Power of Attorney (Page II -- 5)
  27-     Financial Data Schedule
  99.1-   Consent of Arnold Spinner
  99.2-   Consent of Norman R. Malo
  99.3    Consent of Laurence Gerber
  99.4    Consent of Stanley J. Moss
    

   
- ----------
- -   Previously filed
    
*   To be included by amendment
+   Portions of this Exhibit  have been  omitted and have been filed  separately
    with the Secretary of the Commission  pursuant to  Registrant's  Application
    Requesting Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons  of the
Registrant  pursuant to Item 14 hereof,  or otherwise,  the  Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Commission  such  indemnification  is against
public  policy  as  expressed  in  the   Securities   Act  and  is,   therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  Registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a director,  officer,  or  controlling  person of the  Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit,  or  proceeding)  is asserted by such
director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction  the  question  of whether  such  indemnification  by it is against
public  policy as  expressed in the  Securities  Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned Registrant further undertakes that:

         (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
     the information  omitted from the form of Prospectus  filed as part of this
     Registration  Statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
     of Prospectus filed by the Registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
     497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part of this
     Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective;

         (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new  Registration  Statement  relating to the  securities
     offered  therein,  and the offering of such securities at the time shall be
     deemed to be bona fide offering thereof.

   
     The   undersigned   registrant   hereby   undertakes   to  provide  to  the
Underwriters,   at  the  closing   specified  in  the  Underwriting   Agreement,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                       SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the  Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Jersey City, State
of New Jersey, on March 31, 1998.     

                                 CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                 By: /s/ Michael R. Cunningham
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                     Michael R. Cunningham
                                     President and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act,  this  Registration
Statement has been signed by the following  persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.  Each person whose signature  appears below hereby  constitutes
and appoints  Michael R.  Cunningham and Gordon Mays, or either of them, as such
person's  true  and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  and  agent  with  full  power  of
substitution  for such person and in such person's name, place and stead, in any
and  all  capacities,  to sign  and to file  with  the  Commission,  any and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments to this Registration  Statement,  with
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, granting unto said
attorney-in-fact  and agent full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do
in person,  hereby ratifying and confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact  and
agent, or any substitute therefor, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              NAME                              TITLE                     DATE
- --------------------------------   ------------------------------   ---------------
<S>                                <C>                              <C>
     /s/ Michael R. Cunningham     
 -----------------------------     Chairman of the Board,           March 31, 1998
      Michael R. Cunningham        President, Chief Executive
                                   Officer and Director
                                   (Principal Executive Officer)
                                   

      /s/ Kenneth G. Hay
 -----------------------------     Principal Financial and          March 31, 1998
        Kenneth G. Hay             Accounting Officer


   /s/ James J. Cunningham    
 -----------------------------     Director                         March 31, 1998
    James J. Cunningham


      /s/ Gordon Mays        
 -----------------------------     Director                         March 31, 1998
       Gordon Mays
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-5

<PAGE>
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.

     We have audited the predecessor financial statements of Cunningham Graphics
International,  Inc. as of December  31, 1996 and 1997 and for each of the three
years in the period ended  December 31, 1997, and have issued our report thereon
dated January 16, 1998 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement).  Our
audits also included the Financial  Statement  Schedule  listed in Item 14(a) of
this  Registration  Statement.  This  schedule  is  the  responsibility  of  the
Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audits.

     In our opinion,  the Financial  Statement  Schedule referred to above, when
considered  in  relation  to the basic  Financial  Statements  taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

                                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Princeton, New Jersey
January 16, 1998

                                      S-1

<PAGE>
ITEM 14(A) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
     SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS -- PREDECESSOR COMPANY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               CHARGED TO
                                                 BEGINNING      COST AND                    ENDING
                 DESCRIPTION                      BALANCE       EXPENSE      WRITE-OFFS     BALANCE
- ---------------------------------------------   -----------   -----------   ------------   --------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Year ended December 31, 1997:
 Allowances for accounts receivable .........       $28           $31            $ 9          $50
Year ended December 31, 1996:
 Allowances for accounts receivable .........        30            --              2           28
Year ended December 31, 1995:
 Allowances for accounts receivable .........        30            --             --           30
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       CHARGED TO
                                         BEGINNING      COST AND                    ENDING
             DESCRIPTION                  BALANCE       EXPENSE      WRITE-OFFS     BALANCE
- -------------------------------------   -----------   -----------   ------------   --------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Year ended December 31, 1997:
 Allowances for inventories .........       $200          $86            $92         $194
Year ended December 31, 1996:
 Allowances for inventories .........        200           82             82          200
Year ended December 31, 1995:
 Allowances for inventories .........        200                                      200
</TABLE>

     All other  schedules  are  omitted  because  they are not  applicable,  not
required,  or because the  required  information  is  included in the  financial
statements or notes thereto.

                                      S-2

<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

  EXHIBIT NO.                            DESCRIPTION
  -----------                            -----------

   
   1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement among the Company,  Schroder & Co. Inc.
          and Prudential Securities Incorporated
   1.2-   Agreement  for  the  Sale  and  Purchase  of the Entire  Issued  Share
          Capital of Roda Limited dated  January 16, 1998 between P.L.  Furlonge
          and others and the Predecessor
   1.2    (a) Supplemental  Agreement dated March 24, 1998 between P.L. Furlonge
          and others and the Predecessor
   2.1*   Reorganization  Agreement  among  Stockholders  of the Predecessor and
          CGII
   3.1-   Certificate of Incorporation
   3.2-   By-Laws
   4.2*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
   5.1*   Opinion of Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
  10.1    1998 Stock Option Plan
  10.2-   Directors' Stock Option Plan
  10.3*   Employment Agreement between the Company and M.R. Cunningham
  10.4*   Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Mays
  10.5*   Employment Agreement between the Company and T. Mays
  10.6*   Employment Agreement between the Company and R. Needle
  10.7*   Form of Service Agreement between Roda Limited and P.L. Furlonge
  10.8*   Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert M. Okin
  10.9-   Loan  and  Security   Agreement  dated  December  15, 1997 between the
          Company  and  Summit  Bank,  as  amended  10.10-+  Printing   Services
          Agreement dated July 12, 1996 between the Company and Goldman, Sachs &
          Co., as amended
  10.11-  Agreement  of Lease  dated  April 18,  1989  between  the  Company and
          Lackawanna Warehouse Corp. of New Jersey, as amended
  10.12-  Agreement  of  Sublease  dated July 15,  1996  between the Company and
          Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  10.13   Form of Roda Lease
  10.14   Joint Marketing Agreement among Cunningham Graphics,  Inc., Roda Print
          Concepts Ltd. and Workable Ltd.
  14(a)-  Financial Statement Schedule
          Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedule
          Schedule II -- Valuation of Qualifying Accounts
  21.1-   List of all subsidiaries of the Company
  23.1*   Consent of Gibbons,  Del Deo, Dolan,  Griffinger & Vecchione (included
          in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young Chartered Accountants
  24.1    Power of Attorney (Page II -- 5)
  27-     Financial Data Schedule
  99.1-   Consent of Arnold Spinner
  99.2-   Consent of Norman R. Malo
  99.3    Consent of Laurence Gerber
  99.4    Consent of Stanley J. Moss
- ----------
- -   Previously filed
    
*   To be included by amendment
+   Portions of this Exhibit  have been  omitted and have been filed  separately
    with the Secretary of the Commission  pursuant to  Registrant's  Application
    Requesting Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.



              DATED                                         1998




                           (1) P. FURLONGE AND OTHERS

                          (2) CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                             SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

                                     MUNDAYS
                                   CROWN HOUSE
                                   CHURCH ROAD

                                 CLAYGATE, ESHER
                                 SURREY KT10 0LP

                             TELEPHONE: 01372 809000

                               REF: RAP/RAF/R13553



<PAGE>

                             SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is made the         day of March 1998
BETWEEN

(1)  The  several  persons who  respective  names and  addresses  are set out in
     column 1 of the Schedule  hereto other than the Trustees ("the Vendors");
     and

(2)  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS,  INC. a corporation  organised  under the laws of the
     State of New Jersey, USA ("the Purchaser").

And is supplemental to an agreement dated 16th January 1998 and made between the
Vendors  (other than the  trustees as  hereinafter  defined)  and the  Purchaser
("the Main Agreement").

WHEREAS

(A)      Under the Main Agreement the Vendors  (other than the Trustees)  agreed
         to  sell  to the  Purchaser,  subject  to  the  fulfilment  of  certain
         conditions,  the entire  issued share  capital of  Roda  Limited  ("the
         Company").

(B)      Subsequent to the Main Agreement and contemporaneously with the signing
         of  this  Agreement,   the  share  capital  of  the  Company  has  been
         reorganised  pursuant  to  resolutions  in  the  agreed  terms  and  P.
         Furlonge,  one of the Vendors,  has  transferred  certain shares of the
         Company to the Trustees No 1.

(C)      The parties to the Main  Agreement and the Trustees have agreed to vary
         the Main Agreement as set out in this Supplemental Agreement.

(D)      The Main Agreement remains conditional at the date hereof.


                                       1




                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                             1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN

SECTION 1.  PURPOSE

     The purpose of the  Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc. Stock Option
Plan (the  "Plan") is to  provide  an  additional  incentive  to key  employees,
independent   contractors,   agents  and  consultants  of  Cunningham   Graphics
International,  Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries,  to aid in attracting
and retaining  employees,  independent  contractors,  agents and  consultants of
outstanding ability, and to align their interests with those of shareholders.

SECTION 2.  DEFINITIONS

     Unless the context clearly indicates  otherwise,  the following terms, when
used in this Plan, shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 2.

     (a) "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (b) "CHANGE IN CONTROL". A change in control of the Company shall be deemed
to have  occurred if, over the initial  opposition of the  then-incumbent  Board
(whether or not such Board  ultimately  acquiesces  therein),  (i) any person or
group of persons shall  acquire,  directly or  indirectly,  stock of the Company
having  at  least  25%  of  the   combined   voting   power  of  the   Company's
then-outstanding  securities,  or (ii) any  shareholder or group of shareholders
shall  elect a  majority  of the  members  of the Board in each  case  after the
closing of the initial public offering of the Stock.

     (c) "CODE" shall mean the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 and the rules and
regulations thereunder, as it or they may be amended from time to time.

     (d) "COMMITTEE"  shall mean the full Board,  Compensation  Committee of the
Board or such other  committee as may be designated  by the Board.  If less than
the full Board,  the Committee shall consist of two or more members of the Board
who  are not  eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan,  and  who  otherwise  are
"non-employee directors" under Rule 16b-3.

     (e) "DATE OF EXERCISE"  shall mean the earlier of the date on which written
notice of exercise,  together with payment in full, is received at the office of
the  Secretary  of the  Company or the date on which such notice and payment are
mailed to the Secretary of the Company at its  principal  office by certified or
registered mail.

     (f) "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any employee or any officer of the Company or any
of its  Subsidiaries,  or any other person,  who is an  independent  contractor,
agent or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and excluding any
director of the Company who is not otherwise an employee of the Company. For the
purposes of any provision of this Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options,  the
term  "Employee"  shall be limited to mean any employee (as that term is defined
under  Code  Section   3401(c))  or  officer  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries,  but not any person who is merely an independent contractor, agent
or consultant of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.


<PAGE>



     (g) "FAIR MARKET  VALUE" of the Stock  means,  for all purposes of the Plan
unless otherwise  provided (i) the mean between the high and low sales prices of
the Stock as reported on the National  Market  System or Small Cap Market of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., Automated Quotation System, or
any similar system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices
then in common use, if so quoted,  or (ii) if not quoted as  described in clause
(i),  the mean  between the high bid and low asked  quotations  for the Stock as
reported by a the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated or such other source as
the Committee shall  determine,  or (iii) if the Stock is listed or admitted for
trading on any national securities  exchange,  the mean between the high and low
sales price,  or the closing bid price if no sale occurred,  of the Stock on the
principal  securities  exchange on which the Stock is listed.  In the event that
the method for determining the Fair Market Value of the Stock provided for above
shall  either be not  applicable  or not be  practical,  in the  opinion  of the
Committee,  then  the  Fair  Market  Value  shall be  determined  by such  other
reasonable method as the Committee, in its discretion, shall select and apply.

     (h) "GRANTEE" shall mean an Employee granted a Stock Option.

     (i) "GRANTING  DATE" shall mean the date on which the Committee  authorizes
the  issuance of a Stock  Option for a specified  number of shares of Stock to a
specified Employee.

     (j)  "INCENTIVE  STOCK OPTION" shall mean a Stock Option  granted under the
Plan which is  properly  qualified  under the  provisions  of Section 422 of the
Code.

     (k)  "NONSTATUTORY  STOCK OPTION" shall mean a Stock Option  granted within
the Plan which is not an Incentive  Stock Option or  otherwise  qualified  under
similar tax provisions.

     (l)  "PROGRESSIVE  STOCK OPTIONS" shall mean either Incentive Stock Options
or Nonstatutory Stock Options granted pursuant to Section 5(j) of this Plan.

     (m) "RULE 16B-3" shall mean Rule 16b-3  promulgated  by the  Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or any rule in replacement thereof.

     (n) "STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company.

     (o) "STOCK  APPRECIATION  RIGHT" shall mean a right granted pursuant to the
Plan to receive Stock, cash, or a combination thereof, upon the surrender of the
right to purchase all or part of the shares of Stock covered by a Stock Option.

     (p) "STOCK  OPTION"  shall mean an Incentive  Stock Option or  Nonstatutory
Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan to purchase shares of Stock.

     (q)  "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean any  subsidiary  corporation  as  defined in
Section 424(f) of the Code.

SECTION 3.  SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     Subject to adjustment  pursuant to Section 9, 450,000 shares of Stock shall
be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of Stock Options granted  pursuant to
this Plan. Shares delivered under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares
or issued  shares  held by the  Company in its  treasury.  If any

                                       2

<PAGE>



Stock Options expire or terminate  without having been exercised,  the shares of
Stock covered by such Stock Option shall become available again for the grant of
Stock Options  hereunder.  Similarly,  if any Stock Options are  surrendered for
cash  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 7, the shares of Stock  covered by
such Stock  Options  shall also  become  available  again for the grant of Stock
Options  hereunder.  Shares of Stock  covered by Stock Options  surrendered  for
Stock pursuant to Section 7, however,  shall not become  available again for the
grant of Stock Options hereunder.

SECTION 4.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the express
provisions  of the Plan,  the  Committee  shall have  authority to interpret the
Plan, to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and regulations  relating to it, to
determine the terms and provisions of Stock Option grants, and to make all other
determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

     (b) It is intended that the Plan and any transaction  hereunder meet all of
the  requirements  of Rule 16b-3  promulgated  by the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  as such rule is  currently  in effect or as  hereafter  modified or
amended,  and all other  applicable  laws.  If any  provision of the Plan or any
transaction  would disqualify the Plan or such  transaction  under, or would not
comply with, Rule 16b-3 or other  applicable laws, such provision or transaction
shall be  construed  or deemed  amended  to  conform to Rule 16b-3 or such other
applicable  laws or otherwise  shall be deemed to be null and void, in each case
to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

     (c) Any  controversy  or claim arising out of or related to this Plan shall
be determined unilaterally by and at the sole discretion of the Committee.

SECTION 5.  GRANTING OF STOCK OPTIONS

     (a) Only key Employees shall be eligible to receive Stock Options under the
Plan.  Directors of the Company who are not also employees shall not be eligible
for Stock Options.

     (b) The option price of each share of Stock  subject to an Incentive  Stock
Option  shall be at least 100% of the Fair Market  Value of a share of the Stock
on the Granting Date.

     (c) The option price of each share of Stock subject to a Nonstatutory Stock
Option  shall be 100% of the Fair  Market  Value of a share of the  Stock on the
Granting  Date,  or such other price  either  greater than or less than the Fair
Market  Value  (but in no event  less  than the par  value of the  Stock) as the
Committee  shall  determine  appropriate  to the purposes of the Plan and to the
Company's total compensation program.

     (d) The Committee shall determine and designate from time to time those key
Employees who are to be granted Stock Options and whether the  particular  Stock
Options are to be Incentive  Stock Options or  Nonstatutory  Stock Options,  and
shall  also  specify  the number of shares  covered by and the option  price per
share of each Stock  Option.  Each Stock Option  granted under the Plan shall be
clearly  identified  as to its  status  as a  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  or an
Incentive Stock Option.

     (e) The  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value  (determined  at the time the Stock
Option is granted) of the Stock with respect to which  Incentive  Stock  Options
are  exercisable  for the first time by any individual  during any calendar year
(under all plans of the  individual's  employer  corporation  and its parent and
subsidiary corporations) shall not exceed $100,000.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     (f) A Stock Option shall be  exercisable  during such period or periods and
in such  installments  as shall be fixed by the  Committee at the time the Stock
Option is granted or in any  amendment  thereto;  but each  Stock  Option  shall
expire not later than ten years from the Granting Date.

     (g) The Committee shall have the authority to grant both transferable Stock
Options  and   nontransferable   Stock   Options,   and  to  amend   outstanding
nontransferable   Stock   Options   to   provide   for   transferability.   Each
nontransferable  Stock Option  intended to qualify under Rule 16b-3 or otherwise
shall provide by its terms that it is not transferable otherwise than by will or
the laws of descent and  distribution  or, except in the case of Incentive Stock
Options,  pursuant to a "qualified  domestic  relations order" as defined by the
Code, and is exercisable,  during the Grantee's  lifetime,  only by the Grantee.
Each   transferable   Stock   Option  may  provide  for  such   limitations   on
transferability  and exercisability as the Committee may designate at the time a
Stock Option is granted or is otherwise amended to provide for transferability.

     (h) Stock Options may be granted to an Employee who has previously received
Stock Options or other options whether such prior Stock Options or other options
are still outstanding, have previously been exercised or surrendered in whole or
in part, or are canceled in connection with the issuance of new Stock Options.

     (i) Subject to adjustment  pursuant to Section 9, the  aggregate  number of
shares of Stock subject to Stock Options  granted to an Employee  under the Plan
during any calendar  year,  with the exception of 1998,  shall not exceed 25,000
shares.

     (j) Without in any way  limiting  the  authority  of the  Committee to make
grants of Stock  Options  under the Plan,  and in order to induce  Employees  to
retain  ownership of Stock,  the Committee shall have the authority (but not the
obligation)  to  include  within  any  agreement  reflecting  a Stock  Option  a
provision entitling the Grantee of such a Stock Option to a further Stock Option
(a  "Progressive  Stock  Option") in the event the Grantee  exercises such Stock
Option evidenced by such agreement,  in whole or in part, by surrendering  other
shares of Stock in  accordance  with this Plan and the terms and  conditions  of
such  agreement.  Any such  Progressive  Stock  Option  shall be for a number of
shares  of  Stock  equal to the  number  of  surrendered  shares,  shall  become
exerciseable  no sooner  than six months  after the  Granting  Date of the Stock
Option or such  longer  period as the  Committee  may  establish,  shall have an
option  price per share equal to one hundred  percent  (100%) of the Fair Market
Value of a share of Stock on the Granting Date of the Progressive  Stock Option,
and shall be subject to such other terms and  conditions  as the  Committee  may
determine.

     (k) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the option price of an Incentive Stock
Option in the case of a Grantee  who owns  more  than ten  percent  of the total
combined  voting  power of all  classes  of stock of the  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries,  will not be less than one-hundred-ten  percent (110%) of the Fair
Market  Value  of the  Stock  at the  Granting  date  and in the  case of such a
Grantee,  the  Incentive  Stock  Option may be exercised no more than five years
after the Granting Date.

SECTION 6.  EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTIONS

     (a) Except as provided in Section 8, no Stock  Option may be  exercised  at
any time unless the  Grantee is an Employee on the Date of Exercise  and, in the
case of holders of Incentive  Stock  Options,  has been an Employee at all times
during the period  beginning on the Granting Date and ending on the day 3 months
before the date of such exercise.

                                       4

<PAGE>



     (b) The Grantee  shall pay the option price in full on the Date of Exercise
of a Stock Option in cash,  by check,  or by delivery of full shares of Stock of
the  Company,   duly  endorsed  for  transfer  to  the  Company  with  signature
guaranteed,  by any combination  thereof or by such other mode of payment as the
Committee may approve,  including  payment  through a broker in accordance  with
procedures  permitted by rules and  regulations  of the Federal  Reserve  Board.
Stock will be accepted at its Fair Market Value on the Date of Exercise.

     (c) Subject to the approval of the Committee, or of such person to whom the
Committee may delegate such authority ("its  designee"),  and subject further to
the applicable regulations of any governmental  authority,  the Company may loan
to the  Grantee a sum  equal to an amount  which is not in excess of 100% of the
purchase  price of the shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of a Stock Option,
such loan to be evidenced by the  execution  and delivery of a promissory  note.
Interest  shall be paid on the  unpaid  balance of the  promissory  note at such
times and at such rate as shall be  determined by the Committee or its designee.
Such  promissory note shall be secured by the pledge to the Company of shares of
Stock having an  aggregate  purchase  price on the date of purchase  equal to or
greater than the amount of such note. A Grantee  shall have,  as to such pledged
shares of Stock, all rights of ownership including the right to vote such shares
of Stock and to receive  dividends paid on such shares of Stock,  subject to the
security interest of the Company.  Such shares of Stock shall not be released by
the Company from the pledge unless the proportionate  amount of the note secured
thereby has been repaid to the Company;  provided,  however that shares of Stock
subject to a pledge may be used to pay all or part of the purchase  price of any
other option  granted  hereunder or under any other stock  incentive plan of the
Company under the terms of which the purchase  price of an option may be paid by
the  surrender of shares of Stock,  subject to the terms and  conditions of this
Plan  relating to the  surrender  of shares of Stock in payment of the  exercise
price of an option.  In such event, that number of the newly purchased shares of
Stock  equal to the  shares of Stock  previously  pledged  shall be  immediately
pledged as substitute  security for the pre-existing  debt of the Grantee to the
Company,  and thereupon  shall be subject to the provisions  hereof  relating to
pledged shares of Stock.  All notes executed  hereunder shall be payable at such
times  and in such  amounts  and  shall  contain  such  other  terms as shall be
specified by the  Committee  or its designee or stated in the option  agreement;
provided,  however,  that such terms shall conform to requirements  contained in
any applicable regulations which are issued by any governmental authority.

SECTION 7.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

     (a) The Committee may grant to any Employee,  Stock Appreciation  Rights in
connection with any Stock Option.  Stock  Appreciation  Rights may be granted at
the time the related Stock Option is granted or at any time thereafter up to six
months prior to the expiration of the related Stock Option.

     (b) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable at such times and to the
extent that the related Stock Option shall be exercisable and only to the extent
the  Stock  Appreciation  Right  has a  positive  value,  unless  the  Committee
specifies a more restrictive period.

     (c) Upon the  exercise of a Stock  Appreciation  Right,  the Grantee  shall
surrender the related Stock Option or a portion thereof and shall be entitled to
receive  payment of an amount  determined by multiplying the number of shares as
to which the Stock Option rights are  surrendered by the difference  obtained by
subtracting  the exercise  price per share of the related  Stock Option from the
Fair  Market  Value of a share of Stock  on the Date of  Exercise  of the  Stock
Appreciation Right.

     (d) Payment of the amount  determined  under  Section 7(c) shall be made in
Stock,  in cash,  or partly in cash and partly in Stock as the  Committee  shall
determine in its sole discretion.

                                       5

<PAGE>



     (e)  Except  as  provided  in  Section  10(b),  the  exercise  of  a  Stock
Appreciation  Right for cash may be made only during the period beginning on the
third  business day following the release of quarterly or annual  financial data
and ending on the twelfth business day following such date.

SECTION 8.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     Except as otherwise  provided by the Committee at the time the Stock Option
is granted or any amendment thereto, if a Grantee ceases to be an Employee then:

     (a) if termination of employment is voluntary or involuntary without cause,
the Grantee may  exercise  each Stock  Option held by the Grantee  within  three
months after such  termination  (but not after the expiration  date of the Stock
Option) to the extent of the number of shares  subject to the Stock Option which
are purchasable pursuant to its terms at the date of termination;

     (b) if  termination  is for cause,  all Stock  Options  held by the Grantee
shall be canceled as of the date of termination;

     (c) subject to the  provisions of Section 8(d),  if  termination  is (i) by
reason of  retirement  at a time when the  Grantee is  entitled  to the  current
receipt of benefits under any retirement  plan  maintained by the Company or any
Subsidiary,  or (ii) by reason of  disability,  each  Stock  Option  held by the
Grantee  may be  exercised  by the  Grantee  at any  time  (but  not  after  the
expiration date of the Stock Option) (within one year of termination in the case
of Incentive Stock Options) to the extent of the number of shares subject to the
Stock  Option  which  were  purchasable  pursuant  to its  terms  at the date of
termination;

     (d) if  termination  is by reason of the  death of the  Grantee,  or if the
Grantee dies after retirement or disability as referred to in Section 8(c), each
Stock Option held by the Grantee may be exercised by the Grantee's estate, or by
any person who  acquires the right to exercise the Stock Option by reason of the
Grantee's death, at any time within a period of three years after death (but not
after the expiration date of the Stock Option) to the extent of the total number
of shares  subject to the Stock  Option which were  purchasable  pursuant to its
terms at the date of termination; or

     (e)  if  the  Grantee  should  die  within  three  months  after  voluntary
termination  of  employment  or  involuntary   termination   without  cause,  as
contemplated  in Section  8(a),  each Stock  Option  held by the  Grantee may be
exercised by the  Grantee's  estate,  or by any person who acquires the right to
exercise by reason of the  Grantee's  death,  at any time within a period of one
year after death (but not after the expiration  date of the Stock Option) to the
extent  of  the  number  of  shares  subject  to the  Stock  Option  which  were
purchasable pursuant to its terms at the date of termination.

SECTION 9.  ADJUSTMENTS

     In   the   event   of   any    merger,    consolidation,    reorganization,
recapitalization,  stock dividend,  stock split or other change in the corporate
structure or capitalization  affecting the Stock,  there shall be an appropriate
adjustment  made by the  Committee  in the number and kind of shares that may be
granted in the aggregate and to individual  Employees under the Plan, the number
and  kind  of  shares  subject  to  each  outstanding  Stock  Option  and  Stock
Appreciation Right and the option prices.

                                       6

<PAGE>



SECTION 10.  TENDER OFFER; CHANGE IN CONTROL

     (a) A Stock Option shall become  immediately  exercisable  to the extent of
the total  number of shares  subject  to the Stock  Option in the event of (i) a
tender  offer by a person or persons  other than the Company for all or any part
of the outstanding  Stock if, upon  consummation of the purchases  contemplated,
the offeror or offerors would own,  beneficially  or of record,  an aggregate of
more  than 25% of the  outstanding  Stock,  or (ii) a Change in  Control  of the
Company.

     (b) The  Committee may authorize the payment of cash upon the exercise of a
Stock  Appreciation  Right during a period (i)  beginning on the date on which a
tender offer as described in (a),  above, is first published or sent or given to
holders  of  Stock  and  ending  on the  date  which is  seven  days  after  its
termination  or  expiration,  or (ii) beginning on the date on which a Change in
Control of the Company  occurs and ending on the twelfth  business day following
such date.

SECTION 11.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

     (a) Each Stock Option shall be evidenced by a written instrument containing
such terms and  conditions,  not  inconsistent  with this Plan, as the Committee
shall approve.

     (b) The  granting of a Stock  Option in any year shall not give the Grantee
any right to similar  grants in future  years or any right to be retained in the
employ of the Company or any  Subsidiary  or interfere in any way with the right
of the Company or such  Subsidiary to terminate an Employee's  employment at any
time.

     (c) The  Company  shall  have the  right to  deduct  from  any  payment  or
distribution  under  the Plan  any  federal,  state  or local  taxes of any kind
required by law to be  withheld  with  respect to such  payments or to take such
other action as may be necessary to satisfy all  obligations  for the payment of
such taxes. In case distributions are made in shares of Stock, the Company shall
have the right to retain  the value of  sufficient  shares of Stock to equal the
amount of tax to be withheld  for such  distributions  or require a recipient to
pay the  Company  for any such taxes  required  to be withheld on such terms and
conditions prescribed by the Committee.

     (d) No Grantee shall have any of the rights of a shareholder by reason of a
Stock Option until it is exercised.

     (e) This Plan shall be construed and enforced in  accordance  with the laws
of the State of Delaware (without regard to the legislative or judicial conflict
of laws rules of any state), except to the extent superseded by federal law.

SECTION 12.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     (a) The Plan shall terminate on December 31, 2007 and no Stock Option shall
be granted hereunder after that date,  provided that the Board may terminate the
Plan at any time prior thereto.

     (b) The  Board  may amend  the Plan at any time  without  notice,  provided
however, that the Board may not, without prior approval by the shareholders, (i)
increase  the maximum  number of shares of Stock for which Stock  Options may be
granted (except as contemplated by the provisions of Section 9), (ii) materially
increase  the  benefits  accruing  to  participants  under  the  Plan  or  (iii)
materially  modify the  requirements as to eligibility for  participation in the
Plan.

                                       7

<PAGE>



     (c) No termination  or amendment of the Plan may,  without the consent of a
Grantee to whom a Stock Option shall  theretofore  have been granted,  adversely
affect the rights of such Grantee under such Stock Option.

SECTION 13.  EFFECTIVE DATE

     The  Plan  shall  become  effective  as of the date it is  approved  by the
Company's stockholders.




                                       8



THIS LEASE is made the             day of          One thousand nine hundred and
ninety-eight  BETWEEN * of * (hereinafter called "the Landlord" which expression
where the context so admits  shall  include the  reversioner  for the time being
immediately  expectant  upon the term  hereby  granted)  of the first part and *
whose registered  office is situate at * (hereinafter  called "the Tenant" which
expression  where the context so admits  shall  include the person or persons in
whom the term hereby granted may from time to time be vested) of the second part

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH as follows:

1.   IN  consideration  of the rents  and  covenants  on the part of the  Tenant
     hereinafter  reserved and  contained the Landlord  HEREBY  DEMISES unto the
     Tenant  ALL THOSE the  premises  described  in the  First  Schedule  hereto
     (hereinafter  called "the demised  premises") EXCEPT AND RESERVING unto the
     Landlord and all others for the time being entitled  thereto the rights set
     out in the Second Schedule hereto AND SUBJECT to the matters set out in the
     Third  Schedule  hereto TO HOLD the demised  premises unto the Tenant for a
     term of FIVE YEARS from and including the date hereof  (hereinafter  called
     "the  Term"  which  shall  include  the period of any  holding  over or any
     extension or continuation whether by statute or at common law) YIELDING AND
     PAYING therefor  FIRSTLY yearly and  proportionately  for any fraction of a
     year  until and  including  the 31 day of August  2000 the  yearly  rent of
     THIRTY-SIX THOUSAND POUNDS ((pound)36,000) and from and including the 1 dAY
     of September  2000 such rent as may become  payable  pursuant to the Fourth
     Schedule  hereto in each  case by equal  quarterly  payments  to be made in
     advance on the usual  quarter days in every year without any  deduction the
     first such payment or a proportionate part thereof in respect of the period
     from the date hereof to the  quarter day  hereafter  next  following  being
     payable on the completion  hereof  SECONDLY by way of additional  rent from
     time to time such sum or sums as are equal to the amount which the Landlord
     may expend in  effecting  and  maintaining  the  insurance  of the  demised
     premises such last mentioned rent to be paid without deduction forthwith on
     demand and THIRDLY by way of additional rent without deduction forthwith on
     demand any other monies  payable by the Tenant to the Landlord  pursuant to
     the terms of this Lease

2.   THE Tenant HEREBY COVENANTS with the Landlord as follows:
TO PAY RENTS

(1)  To pay the rents  hereinbefore  reserved  at the  times  and in the  manner
     aforesaid without any deduction whatsoever

TO PAY INTEREST ON OVERDUE MONIES

(2)  Without  prejudice to any other right  remedy or power herein  contained or
     otherwise  available  to the  Landlord  if any of the said  rents  (whether
     formally demanded or not) or any other sum of money payable to the Landlord
     by the Tenant under this Lease shall remain  unpaid for more than  fourteen
     (14)days


<PAGE>

     after the date upon which the same becomes due to pay  interest  thereon at
     the yearly  rate of 4% per annum  above the Base Rate for the time being of
     National  Westminster Bank PLC or in the event of National Westminster Bank
     PLC ceasing to publish a Base Rate such other  comparable  rate of interest
     as the Landlord  shall from time to time determine  (hereinafter  in either
     case called "the Prescribed Rate")

TO PAY OUTGOINGS

(3)  To bear pay and  discharge  all  rates  taxes  duties  charges  assessments
     impositions and outgoings whatsoever (whether parliamentary parochial local
     or  of  any  other   description  and  whether  or  not  of  a  capital  or
     non-recurring  nature  or of a wholly  novel  character)  now or  hereafter
     assessed  charged  or imposed  upon or  payable  in respect of the  demised
     premises or any part  thereof or upon the owner or  occupier  thereof and a
     proper  proportion  attributable  to the demised  premises of any such rate
     taxes duties charges assessments impositions and outgoings now or hereafter
     assessed  charged  or imposed  upon or  payable  in respect of the  demised
     premises  or any part  thereof  or upon the  owners  or  occupiers  thereof
     jointly  with any  adjoining  or  neighbouring  property  or the  owners or
     occupiers thereof  excluding any payable by the Landlord  occasioned by any
     dealing with the reversion of this Lease

TO MAINTAIN AND KEEP IN REPAIR

(4)
     (a)  To keep the  demised  premises  in as good  repair and  condition  and
          decorative  order as they now are (as  evidenced  by the  Schedule  of
          Condition  annexed hereto) (damage by the Insured Risks as hereinafter
          defined excepted unless payment of the insurance monies is withheld in
          whole or in part as a result  of the act  neglect  or  default  of the
          Tenant)

     (B)  Not to commit any waste whether permissive or voluntary in or upon the
          demised premises

     (C)  Not to allow to pass into the sewers  drains or  watercourses  serving
          the  demised  premises  any noxious or  deleterious  effluent or other
          substance  which might cause any  obstruction in or injury to the said
          sewers drains or watercourses and in the event of any such obstruction
          or injury  forthwith to make good all such damage to the  satisfaction
          of the Landlord

CLEANING

(5)  At least  once in each  month  during  the Term  properly  to clean all the
     windows  (both  inside  and  outside)  and all other  glass in the  demised
     premises

TO YIELD UP


<PAGE>

(6)  At the expiration or sooner  determination  of the Term quietly to yield up
     the demised  premises to the  Landlord  in such  repair and  condition  and
     decorative  order as shall be in accordance  with the covenants on the part
     of the Tenant herein contained

ENTRY BY LANDLORD AND OTHERS

(7)  To permit the Landlord and its agents or surveyors with or without  workmen
     and others and all persons  authorised  by the Landlord  with all necessary
     materials  and  appliances  at all  reasonable  times  during the Term upon
     reasonable  prior notice (or without  notice in case of emergency) to enter
     and remain upon the demised premises for any of the following purposes:

     (A)  to view and examine the state and  condition  of the demised  premises
          and to take schedules or  inventories  of the Landlord's  fixtures and
          fittings

     (B)  for any other purpose  connected  with the interest of the Landlord in
          the demised premises including but not limited to valuing or disposing
          of any interest of the Landlord

     (C)  to exercise any of the rights excepted and reserved by this Lease

TO COMPLY WITH NOTICES TO REPAIR

(8)  To repair and made good to the  satisfaction  of the  Landlord  all defects
     wants of repair and breaches of covenant of which  notice in writing  shall
     be given to the Tenant by the  Landlord  and for which the Tenant is liable
     under this Lease within  thirty-five  (35) days of such notice or sooner if
     requisite  AND if the Tenant shall fail within  fourteen  (14) days of such
     notice  (or  immediately  in  case  of  emergency)  to  commence  and  then
     diligently and  expeditiously  to continue to comply with suc notice in all
     respects it shall be lawful (but without prejudice to the right of re-entry
     and  forfeiture  hereinafter  contained)  for the  Landlord  and its agents
     surveyors  and workmen to enter upon the demised  premises and to carry out
     all or any of the works referred to in such notice and the cost of so doing
     and all  expenses  incurred  thereby  shall  be paid by the  Tenant  to the
     Landlord on demand and in default of payment shall be  recoverable  as rent
     in arrear

DANGEROUS MATERIALS AND USE OF MACHINERY

(9)  Not to bring  into or keep in the  demised  premises  any  article or thing
     which  is or  might  become  dangerous  offensive  combustible  inflammable
     radio-active  or  explosive  or which  might  increase  the risk of fire or
     explosion  or  attack  or in any way  injure by  percolation  corrosion  or
     otherwise the demised premises or contravene any statute

OVERLOADING FLOORS AND SERVICES

(10)
     (A)  Not to do  anything  in the  demised  premises  which may throw on the


<PAGE>

          demised  premises  any  weight or  strain in excess of that  which the
          demised premises are calculated to bear with due margin for safety and
          to observe the weight  limits for all lifts and similar  equipment  in
          the demised premises

     (B)  Not to overload the floors of the demised  premises nor to suspend any
          excessive  weight from the roof  ceilings  walls or  stanchions or the
          structure of the demised premises and to pay to the Landlord on demand
          all costs reasonably incurred by the Landlord in obtaining the opinion
          of a qualified  structural engineer as to whether the structure of the
          demised premises is being or is about to be overloaded

ALTERATIONS

(11)
     (A)  Not to make any  alterations or additions of whatsoever  nature to any
          structural  part of the demised  premises nor to the  external  design
          elevation or appearance of the demised premises

     (B)  Not  without  the  consent  in  writing  of the  Landlord  to make any
          alteration  or addition to the  Landlord's  fixtures  and  fittings or
          otherwise interfere with the same

     (C)  Not  to  make  any   alterations   or  additions  to  the   electrical
          installation  save with the Landlords  consent not to be  unreasonably
          withheld and save in  accordance  with the  requirements  from time to
          time of the Institute of Electrical Engineers

     (D)  Not to make any alterations or additions of a non-structural nature to
          the demised  premises  without the consent in writing of the  Landlord
          (such  consent not to be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed)  PROVIDED
          that the  Landlord  may as a condition  of giving any such  consent as
          aforesaid  require  the Tenant to enter into such  covenants  with the
          Landlord as the  Landlord  may  reasonably  require as regards  (inter
          alia) the  execution  of any such works and the  reinstatement  of the
          demised premises at the end or sooner determination of the Term

     (E)  In the event of the Tenant  failing to observe this  covenant it shall
          be lawful for the Landlord and its agents or surveyors with or without
          workmen and others and all persons authorised by the Landlord with all
          necessary  materials and appliances to enter upon the demised premises
          and remove any  alterations or additions and execute such works as may
          be necessary to restore the demised premises to their former state and
          the  costs  and  expenses  thereof  (including   surveyors  and  other
          professional  fees)  shall be paid by the  Tenant to the  Landlord  on
          demand  and in  default of  payment  shall be  recoverable  as rent in
          arrear

STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS


<PAGE>

(12)
     (A)  At the Tenant's own expense to observe and comply in all respects with
          the  provisions  and  requirements  of the Offices,  Shops and Railway
          Premises Act 1963 the Fire Precautions Act 1971 the Defective Premises
          Act 1972 the Health and Safety at Work,  etc. Act 1974 and every other
          statute already or hereafter in force or prescribed or required by any
          public local or other authority so far as they relate to or affect the
          demised  premises or any additions or alterations  thereto or the user
          thereof for any purpose or the employment therein of any person or any
          fixture  machinery plant or chattel for the time being affixed thereto
          or being thereupon or used for the purposes thereof

     (B)  To execute all works and provide and maintain all  arrangements  which
          by  or  under  any  statute  or by  any  government  department  local
          authority or other  public  authority  or duly  authorised  officer or
          Court of  competent  jurisdiction  acting under or in pursuance of any
          statute are or may be directed or required to be executed  provided or
          maintained upon or in respect of the demised premises or any additions
          or  alterations  thereto  or in  respect  of any user  thereof  or the
          employment  therein of any person or any  fixture  machinery  plant or
          chattel and whether by the landlord or tenant thereof

     (C)  To  indemnify  and keep  indemnified  the  Landlord  against all costs
          charges and expenses of or incidental to the execution of any works or
          the  provision  or  maintenance  of any  arrangements  so  directed or
          required as aforesaid

     (D)  Not to do or omit to be done in or about the demised  premises any act
          or thing by reason of which the Landlord  may under any statute  incur
          or have  imposed upon it or become  liable to pay any penalty  damages
          compensation costs charges or expenses

     (E)  Not to do  anything  in the  demised  premises  or  cause  them  to be
          occupied  in such a way as  shall  cause  any  part of the same not to
          comply with any statute

PLANNING

(13)
     (A)  To comply in all respects with the Town and Country  Planning Act 1990
          the Planning (Listed  Buildings and  Conservation  Areas) Act 1990 the
          Planning (Hazardous  Substances) Act 1990 the Planning  (Consequential
          Provisions)  Act 1990 the Planning and  Compensation  Act 1991 and any
          subsequent  legislation of a similar nature  (hereinafter  called "the
          Planning  Acts")  and to keep  the  Landlord  indemnified  in  respect
          thereof

     (B)  As often as may be  necessary  at the  expense in all  respects of the
          Tenant to obtain all licences  consents and  permissions  which may be
          required for


<PAGE>

          the  carrying  out by the  Tenant  of any  operations  on the  demised
          premises or the commencement  continuation or renewal by the Tenant of
          any  use  thereof   PROVIDED  THAT  the  Tenant  shall  not  make  any
          application  for  planning  permission  or  give  any  notice  to  any
          authority of the  commencement  or carrying out of any development (or
          give any notice of an  intention  to  commence  or carry out the same)
          without the prior consent in writing of the Landlord

     (C)  To pay and satisfy any charge that may  hereafter be imposed under the
          Planning  Acts in respect of the  carrying out by the Tenant of any of
          its  operations  on  the  demised   premises  or  the  institution  or
          continuation by the Tenant of any use thereon

     (D)  Notwithstanding any consent which may be granted by the Landlord under
          this Lease not to carry out or make any  alteration or addition to the
          demised  premises  or any  change  of use  thereof  before a  planning
          permission therefor has been produced to the Landlord and acknowledged
          by it in writing as  satisfactory to it PROVIDED THAT the Landlord may
          refuse  so  to  express  its  satisfaction   with  any  such  planning
          permission on the ground that the period thereof or anything contained
          therein or omitted  therefrom  would in the reasonable  opinion of the
          Landlord be or be likely to be prejudicial to the Landlord's  interest
          in the  demised  premises  whether  during the Term or  following  the
          expiration thereof

     (E)  Unless the  Landlord  shall  otherwise  direct to carry out before the
          expiration or sooner determination of the Term any works stipulated to
          be carried out to the demised  premises by a date  subsequent  to such
          expiration  or sooner  determination  as a condition  of any  planning
          permission which may have been implemented by the Tenant

     (F)  If and when called upon so to do to produce to the  Landlord all plans
          documents and other evidence which the Landlord may reasonably require
          in order to satisfy itself that the provisions of this sub-clause have
          been compiled with in all respects

     (G)  In any case where permission for any development  granted by the local
          planning or other authority has been granted subject to conditions the
          Landlord  shall be entitled in addition to its other rights  contained
          in this Lease as a condition of giving  consent to the carrying out of
          the works or making the change of use to require the Tenant to provide
          reasonable  security for the compliance with the conditions imposed as
          aforesaid and the development  shall not be commenced or the change of
          use put into effect until such  security  shall have been  provided to
          the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord


<PAGE>

STATUTORY NOTICES

(14) Within  seven  (7)  days (or  sooner  if  requisite  having  regard  to the
     requirements  of the notice in question or the time limits stated  therein)
     of the receipt of notice of the same to produce to the Landlord a true copy
     and any  further  particulars  required by the  Landlord of any  permission
     notice or order or proposal  for a notice or order  relevant to the demised
     premises or to the use or  condition  thereof or otherwise  concerning  the
     Tenant  made given or issued to the Tenant or  occupier  by any  government
     department  or local or  public  authority  AND  without  delay to take all
     reasonable or necessary  steps to comply  therewith AND ALSO at the request
     of the  Landlord to join with the  Landlord in making  such  objections  or
     representations  against or in respect of any such notice order or proposal
     as aforesaid as the Landlord shall deem expedient

FIRE PRECAUTIONS AND EQUIPMENT

(15)
     (A)  To comply with all requirements and recommendations  from time to time
          of the appropriate  authority the insurers of the demised premises and
          the  Landlord in relation to fire  precautions  affecting  the demised
          premises

     (B)  To keep the demised premises  sufficiently  supplied and equipped with
          such fire fighting and extinguishing  appliances as shall from time to
          time be  required  by any  statute  or by the fire or other  competent
          authority  or the  insurers  of the  demised  premises  or as shall be
          reasonably  required by the Landlord or (at the Landlord's  option) to
          pay to the Landlord on demand the cost of providing and installing any
          of the same and such appliances  shall be open to inspection and shall
          be maintained to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord

     (C)  Not to obstruct  the access to or means of working  any fire  fighting
          and  extinguishing  appliances or the means of escape from the demised
          premises in case of fire

TO INFORM THE LANDLORD OF DEFECTS

(16) Forthwith  upon  becoming  aware of the same to give written  notice to the
     Landlord of any defect in the demised  premises which might give rise to an
     obligation  on the Landlord to do or refrain from doing any act or thing so
     as to comply with any statutory or common law duty of care now or hereafter
     imposed  on the  Landlord  and at all times to  display  and  maintain  all
     notices which the Landlord may from time to time  reasonably  require to be
     displayed in respect thereof at the demised premise

USER

(17)
     (A)  Not at any time during the term to use or permit the demised  premises
          to be used for any noisy noisome noxious  dangerous or offensive trade
          manufacture or business whatsoever nor for the carrying on of anything
          which shall be a nuisance  damage  annoyance or


<PAGE>

          inconvenience to the neighbourhood or to the Public Local or any other
          Authorities  or to  the  Landlord  or to  the  tenants  or  owners  or
          occupiers of adjoining or adjacent  premises or which shall in any way
          be injurious to the sam nor to allow any sale by auction to be held in
          the demised premises

     (B)  Not to use or permit the demised  premises to be used  otherwise  than
          for a use falling  within Class B1(c) B2 or B8 of the Town and Country
          Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 with ancillary offices

NOT TO AFFIX SIGNS

(18) Not to affix or exhibit or permit to be affixed or exhibited to or upon any
     part of the demised  premises  or within the same so as to be visible  from
     the exterior  thereof any placard poster  signboard or other  advertisement
     PROVIDED THAT the Tenant may erect at the entrance of the demised  premises
     a sign stating the name and business of the Tenant the size style  position
     and materials of such sign to be approved in writing by the Landlord  (such
     approval not to be unreasonably  withheld or delayed) and (if necessary) by
     the local authority

NOTICES FOR DISPOSAL

(19) To permit the Landlord to fix and retain in a  conspicuous  position on the
     demised  premises  a  noticeboard  for the  reletting  (in the event of the
     termination or likely  termination  for whatever reason of the Term) and/or
     the sale of the same and not to take down or obscure  the said  noticeboard
     and to permit all  persons  authorised  in writing by the  Landlord  or its
     agents to view the demised premises by prior  appointment or (if the Tenant
     refuses an appointment) after reasonable prior notice

TO NOTIFY LANDLORD OF ENCROACHMENTS

(20) To give immediate  notice to the Landlord of any notice or claim  affecting
     the demised  premises or any part  thereof and not  knowingly  to permit or
     suffer any encroachment upon the demised premises or the acquisition of any
     new right to light passage  drainage or other easement on over or under the
     demised premises and if any such  encroachment or easement shall be made or
     acquired or threatened  to be made or acquired  forthwith to give notice to
     the  Landlord and at the cost of the Tenant to do all such things as may be
     proper for the purpose of preventing the making of such encroachment or the
     acquisition  of such easement or right  PROVIDED  ALWAYS that if the Tenant
     shall omit or neglect forthwith to do all such things as aforesaid it shall
     be lawful for the  Landlord and its agents  surveyors  and workmen to enter
     the demised  premises and to do the same and any expense so incurred by the
     Landlord  shall be repaid to the  Landlord  by the Tenant on demand in that
     behalf  together  with all  Solicitors  and  Surveyors  charges  and  other
     expenses which may be incurred by the Landlord in connection  therewith and
     in default of payment shall be recoverable as rent in arrear

TO INFORM LANDLORD OF NOTICES


<PAGE>

(21) Upon the  happening  of any  occurrence  or upon the  receipt of any notice
     order  requisition  direction  or  other  thing  which  may be  capable  of
     adversely  affecting the  Landlord's  interest in the demised  premises the
     Tenant shall  forthwith at his own expense  deliver full  particulars  or a
     copy thereof to the Landlord

TAX

(22) Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  this  Lease  not  to  do on or in
     relation  to the  demised  premises  or any part  thereof any act matter or
     thing  (other than the payment of the rents  hereby  reserved)  which shall
     render  the  Landlord  liable  for any tax levy duty  charge or  imposition
     whatsoever   (whether   parliamentary  local  parochial  or  of  any  other
     description and whether or not of a capital or non-recurring nature or of a
     wholly  novel  character)  and not to  dispose  of or deal with the  demise
     premises in such a way that the Landlord  shall be or become liable for any
     such tax levy duty charge or imposition as aforesaid nor to permit any such
     disposition or dealing

LANDLORD'S COSTS

(23) To pay on demand to the Landlord all reasonable  costs charges and expenses
     properly incurred by the Landlord including (without limitation) solicitors
     counsels  architects  and  surveyors  fees  bailiffs  commission  and other
     professional costs and fees:

     (A)  incidental to or in  contemplation of the preparation and service of a
          notice  under  Section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or in or in
          contemplation of any proceedings under Sections 146 or 147 of the said
          Act  (whether  or not any right of  re-entry  or  forfeiture  has been
          waived by the  Landlord or a notice  served under the said Section 146
          is complied with by the Tenant or the Tenant has been  relieved  under
          the  provisions  of the said  Act and  notwithstanding  forfeiture  is
          avoided  otherwise  than  by  relief  granted  by  the  Court)  AND to
          indemnify the Landlord  against all costs charges  expenses claims and
          demands  whatsoever  in  respect  of  the  said  proceedings  and  the
          preparation and service of the said notice

     (B)  incidental to or in  contemplation  of the  preparation and service of
          all notices and schedules  relating to wants of repair  whether served
          during or after the  expiration of the Term (but relating in all cases
          only to  such  wants  of  repair  that  accrued  not  later  than  the
          expiration or sooner determination of the Term)

     (C)  in connection  with or in procuring the remedying of the breach of any
          covenant by the Tenant contained in this Lease

     (D)  in relation  to any  application  for  consent  required by this Lease
          (such  costs to  include  reasonable  management  fees  and  expenses)
          whether or not the same is granted

     (E)  in the event of  default  in  payment by the Tenant of any of the sums


<PAGE>

          referred  to in the  foregoing  provisions  hereof  the same  shall be
          recoverable as rent in arrear

     (F)  in connection with the preparation and grant of this Lease

ALIENATION

(24)
     (A)  Not to assign underlet charge or otherwise part with the possession of
          the whole or any part of the  demised  premises  or permit  another to
          occupy  the  whole  or any  part of the  demised  premises  except  as
          hereinafter authorised

     (B)  Not to assign or charge the whole of the demised  premises without the
          prior  written  consent  of  the  Landlord  such  consent  not  to  be
          unreasonably  withheld or delayed  PROVIDED  that for the  purposes of
          S.19 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 as amended the Landlord shall
          not be  considered  to be  unreasonably  withholding  or delaying  its
          consent to an  assignment in the event that the Tenant fails to comply
          with the provisions of subclause (c) hereof

     (C)  Prior to any  permitted  assignment  at its own expense (i) to procure
          that the  proposed  assignee  of the  Demised  Premises  enters into a
          direct  covenant  with the  Landlord  to perform  and  observe all the
          tenant's  covenants and all other provisions of this Lease (ii) if the
          Landlord  shall  reasonably so require to obtain either a guarantor or
          guarantors  who shall  covenant with the Landlord in the terms set out
          in the Fifth  Schedule  hereto or such other security as is acceptable
          to the  Landlord  for the  proposed  assignee  (iii) to enter  into an
          Authorised  Guarantee  Agreement  guaranteeing  the performance by the
          proposed  assignee of the covenants and  conditions  herein  contained
          such  Authorised  Guarantee  Agreement  to  be  in  such  form  as  is
          reasonably  required  by the  Landlord  and (iv) to  procure  that any
          guarantor who has covenanted  with the Landlord  pursuant to subclause
          (c) (ii) hereof shall enter into such Authorised Guarantee Agreement

     (D)  The  Tenant  shall be  entitled  to share  occupation  with any  other
          company in the same group of  companies  as the Tenant (as  defined by
          S.42 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954) so long as the  relationship
          of landlord and tenant is not created between them

     (E)  Within twenty-one (21) days of any assignment charge underlease or any
          transmission or other  devolution  relating to the demised premises or
          any part  thereof  to produce  for  registration  with the  Landlord's
          Solicitor such deed or document or a certified copy thereof and to pay
          the Landlord's  Solicitors  reasonable charges for the registration of
          every such document such charges not being less  than(pound)20.00 plus
          Value Added Tax

VALUE ADDED TAX


<PAGE>

(25)
     (A)  To pay and keep the Landlord  indemnified  against all Value Added Tax
          which  may  from  time to time be  charged  or  chargeable  on any sum
          payable by the Tenant to the  Landlord  pursuant  to the terms of this
          Lease or any document entered into pursuant hereto

     (B)  Any rent or  other  sum  specified  in this  Lease or in any  document
          entered  into  pursuant  hereto is and any sum to be agreed  certified
          determined or ascertained pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be a
          sum net of Value Added Tax

     (C)  The Tenant hereby irrevocably  consents to the Landlord charging Value
          Added Tax on any such rent or other sum

INSURANCE

(26)
     (A)  Not to do or  permit to be done  anything  upon the  demised  premises
          whereby any policy or policies of  insurance  effected by the Landlord
          may become  void or voidable  or whereby  any  additional  premium may
          become payable for the insurance of the demised premises

     (B)  To  comply at all  times  with all  requirements  of the  insurers  in
          respect  of the  policy  or  policies  of  insurance  effected  by the
          Landlord

     (C)  Not to effect any  policy of  insurance  on the  demised  premises  in
          respect of any of the Insured Risks (and in default the Landlord shall
          be  entitled  to any  insurance  money  received  by or payable to the
          Tenant)

     (D)  (Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing)  not to bring or
          keep in or on the Demised Premises any dangerous  explosive  corrosive
          or offensive material

     (E)  Forthwith  upon becoming  aware of the happening of any event or thing
          against  which  insurance has been effected by the Landlord the Tenant
          shall give immediate notice thereof to the Landlord

3.   LANDLORD'S COVENANTS

The Landlord HEREBY COVENANTS with the Tenant as follows:

(1)  That the Tenant  shall and may  peaceably  and  quietly  hold and enjoy the
     demised  premises  during the said term without any lawful  interruption or
     disturbance  from or by the  Landlord  or any  person or  persons  lawfully
     claiming under or in trust for it

(2)  That  the  Landlord   will  insure  and  keep  insured  with   insurers  or
     underwriters of repute:


<PAGE>

     (A)  The demised  premises  subject  only to such  exclusions  excesses and
          limitations   as  may  be  imposed  by  the   insurers   in  the  full
          reinstatement  cost of the demised  premises against loss or damage by
          fire storm  tempest and such other risks for which cover is  available
          as the  Landlord  may in its  absolute  discretion  from  time to time
          determine   (hereinafter   called  "the  Insured   Risks")   including
          architects  surveyors and other professional fees (and Value Added Tax
          thereon)  and  expenses  incidental  thereto  the cost of  shoring  up
          demolition and site clearance and similar expenses

     (B)  The explosion of any engineering and electrical plant and machinery to
          the  extent  that the same is not  covered  by  paragraph  (a) of this
          sub-clause

     (C)  Property  owners  liability and such other  insurances as the Landlord
          may from time to time deem necessary to effect

(3)  At the request of the Tenant the Landlord shall (but not more than twice in
     any period of twelve  months)  produce to the Tenant a copy of the  current
     schedule of insurance cover

(4)  If the demised premises or any part thereof are destroyed or damaged by any
     of the Insured  Risks then the Landlord  will lay out or procure to be laid
     out and utilise the net proceeds of such  insurance  only in the rebuilding
     and reinstatement of the demised premises so destroyed or damaged

4.   PROVIDED ALWAYS AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

FORFEITURE

(1)
     (A)  In this clause a "Forfeiting Event" is any of the following:-

          (I)     any of the rents  reserved  by this Lease is  outstanding  for
                  fourteen days after becoming due whether formally  demanded or
                  not

          (II)    a breach by the Tenant of any of the provisions of this Lease

          (III)   the Tenant has any distress or execution levied on its goods

          (IV)    the Tenant is Insolvent

     (B)  In this clause " Insolvent" means:

          (I)     in relation to a company any of the following:

                  (AA) it is deemed  unable to pay its debts as  defined  in the
                       Insolvency  Act 1986  (referred to in this clause as "the
                       Act") section 123

                  (BB) a proposal is made for a voluntary arrangement under Part


<PAGE>

                       I of the Act

                  (CC) a petition is presented for an administration order under
                       Part II of the Act or

                  (DD) a  receiver,   administrative   receiver  or  manager  is
                       appointed under (without  limitation) Part III of the Act
                       or the Law of Property Act section 101

                  (FF) a provisional  liquidator is appointed  under section 135
                       of the Act

                  (GG) a proposal is made for a scheme of arrangement  under the
                       Companies Act 1985 section 425

          (II) in relation to an individual any of the following:

                  (AA) an application is made for an interim order or a proposal
                       is made for a  voluntary  arrangement  under Part VIII of
                       the Act

                  (BB) a  bankruptcy  petition is  presented to the court or his
                       circumstances  are such that a bankruptcy  petition could
                       be presented under Part IX of the Act

                  (CC) he enters into a deed of arrangement

                  (DD) a  receiver  of the  income of the  demised  premises  is
                       appointed under the Law of Property Act section 101

                  Whenever a Forfeiting  Event exists the Landlord may enter the
                  demised  premises  (or any part of them) at any time even if a
                  previous  right of re-entry  has been waived and then the term
                  will end but without  affecting  any rights that either  party
                  may have against the other including (without  limitation) the
                  breach under which the re-entry is made

IMPLIED EASEMENTS

(2)  That  nothing  herein  contained  shall  operate  expressly or impliedly to
     confer  upon or  grant  to the  Tenant  any  easement  right  or  privilege
     whatsoever

RESTRICTIONS ON ADJOINING PROPERTY

(3)  That  nothing  herein  contained  or implied  shall  impose or be deemed to
     impose any  restriction  on the use of any land or building or premises not
     comprised in these  presents or give the Tenant the benefit of or the right
     to enforce or to have enforced or to permit the release or  modification of
     any covenant  agreement or condition  entered into by any purchaser from or
     by any lessee or  occupier  of the  Landlord  in respect  of  property  not
     comprised  in  these  presents  or to  prevent  or  restrict  i any way the
     development of any land not comprised in these presents

COMPENSATION

(4)  Except where any Act of  Parliament  prohibits or modifies the right of the
     Tenant to  compensation  being  excluded or reduced by agreement the Tenant
     shall not be


<PAGE>

     entitled on quitting the demised  premises to claim any  compensation  from
     the  Landlord  under the  Landlord  and Tenant Act 1954 or any other Act of
     Parliament whether enacted before or after the date hereof

NOTICES

(5)

     (A)  Any  demand or notice  required  to be made  given to or served on the
          Tenant  shall be duly and validly made given or served if addressed to
          the  Tenant  (and if there  shall be more than one of them then any of
          them) and left at or sent by pre-paid  registered or recorded delivery
          mail addressed (in the case of a company) to its registered  office or
          (whether a company or  individual)  its last known  address or (in the
          case of a notice to the Tenant) the demised premises

     (B)  Any notice  required to be given to or served on the Landlord shall be
          duly and validly  made given or served if sent by pre-paid  registered
          or recorded  delivery  mail  addressed in the case of a company to the
          Landlord at its registered  office and in the case of an individual to
          the  latest  address  of the  Landlord  of which the  Tenant was given
          notice in writing

     (C)  Any  demand or notice  sent by mail shall be  conclusively  treated as
          having  been made given or served on the second  working day after the
          day of posting

CESSER OF RENT

(6)  In case the demised  premises or any part  thereof  shall be  destroyed  or
     damaged by any of the Insured  Risks so as to render the  demised  premises
     unfit for occupation and use and the policy or policies or insurance  shall
     not have been vitiated or payment of the policy monies  refused in whole or
     in  part in  consequence  of  some  act or  default  of the  Tenant  or any
     undertenant  or any person  under its or their  control then the rent first
     hereby  reserved or a fair proportion  thereof  according to the nature and
     extent  of the  damage  sustained  shall be  suspended  until  the  demised
     premises  shall  be  again  rendered  fit  for  occupation  and  use or the
     expiration  of three (3) years from the date of the  destruction  or damage
     (whichever  is the  earlier) and any dispute  regarding  the cesser of rent
     shall be referred to the award of a single  arbitrator  to be  appointed in
     default of agreement  upon the  application of either party by or on behalf
     of the  President  for the time being of the Royal  Institute  of Chartered
     Surveyors in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Act 1996 (as
     the same may from time to time be amended)


<PAGE>

EXCLUSION ORDER

(7)  Having been  authorised  so to do by an Order of the * County Court made on
     the * day of * 199* under the  provisions  of S.38(4) of the  Landlord  and
     Tenant  Act  1954 as  amended  by S.5 of the Law of  Property  Act 1969 the
     parties  hereto agree that the  provisions of S.24 to S.28 inclusive of the
     Landlord  and Tenant Act 1954 shall be  excluded  in  relation to the Lease
     hereby created

INTERPRETATION

(8)  In this Lease where the context so admits words importing the neuter gender
     only shall  include the  masculine or feminine  gender (as the case may be)
     and words  importing the  masculine  gender only shall include the feminine
     gender and vice-versa and words  importing the singular number only include
     the  plural  number  and  vice  versa  and  where  there  are  two or  more
     individuals  included  in the  expression  "the  Tenant"  covenants  herein
     expressed  to be made by the  Tenant  shall  be  deemed  to be made by such
     persons jointly and severally

PARAGRAPH HEADINGS

(9)  The paragraph  headings  hereto shall not affect the  construction of these
     presents

CERTIFICATION

(10) It is hereby  certified  that this Lease is not entered into pursuant to an
     Agreement for Lease


IN WITNESS  whereof this Lease has been duly executed as a Deed the day and year
first before written

                               THE FIRST SCHEDULE

ALL THAT the land and  premises  known  as 29,  29A,  31 and 33  Choumert  Grove
Camberwell  London SE13 which said land and  premises  comprise  Title Nos.  SGL
281662 and SGL 382413 together with the  appurtenances  thereto and any building
now or  hereafter  erected on the said land or any part thereof and all boundary
walls  fences  and  hedges   belonging   thereto  and  including  all  additions
alterations and  improvements  thereto and all Landlord's  fixtures and fittings
and plant machinery and equipment now or hereafter on in or about the same

                               THE SECOND SCHEDULE

The following  rights and easements are excepted and reserved out of the demised
premises to the Landlord and its tenants and the  occupiers of any  adjoining or
neighbouring  land or premises  ("the  other  premises")  and all other  persons
authorised by the Landlord or having the like rights and easements:

     (A)  The  free   passage  and   running  of  water  soil  gas   electricity


<PAGE>

          telecommunications  and other  services  through  all  channels  pipes
          conduits  and cables and other  media which are now or may at any time
          during  the Term be in on over or under the  demised  premises  or any
          part thereof

     (B)  Full right and liberty at any time hereafter as need or occasion shall
          arise to build  re-build  or  execute  any other  works upon the other
          premises  and to use the  other  premises  in any  manner  and for any
          purposes  as the  Landlord  or the person  exercising  such rights may
          think  fit  notwithstanding  that  the  access  of light or air to the
          demised premises may thereby suffer interference

     (C)  The right to lay  construct  and  maintain  gas water and other  pipes
          drains  electric  telecommunications  and other  wires and  cables and
          appliances (with necessary  inspection chambers) through in under over
          or upon the demised  premises  or any part  thereof for the benefit of
          the demised premises or the other premises

     (D)  The  right at any time  with or  without  workmen  and  equipment  but
          (except in an emergency) after giving not less than Twenty-four  hours
          prior written  notice to enter (or in an emergency or after the giving
          of reasonable  prior notice  during the Tenant's  absence to break and
          enter)  the  demised  premises  in  order to (a)  inspect  or view the
          condition  of the demised  premises  (b) carry out work upon the other
          premises  and (c)  carry  out any  repairs  or other  work  which  the
          Landlord  must or may carry out under the  provisions of this Lease or
          to do any other thing which under the said provisions the Landlord may
          do

     (E)  Such rights and  easements as were  excepted or reserved by any of the
          documents set out in the Third Schedule hereto

                               THE THIRD SCHEDULE

The demise hereinbefore  contained is made subject to the covenants restrictions
reservations  and other  matters  (other than  financial  charges)  contained or
referred to in the Property  and Charges  Registers of Title Nos. SGL 281662 and
SGL 382413

                               THE FOURTH SCHEDULE
                                   RENT REVIEW

DEFINITIONS

(1)  For the purpose of this Schedule:

     (A)  "Review Date" means 1st September 2000

     (B)  "Open  Market  Rent"  means the best  yearly rent at which the demised


<PAGE>

          premises might  reasonably be expected to be let in the open market on
          the Review Date by a willing  landlord to a willing tenant with vacant
          possession  and without a premium or any other  consideration  for the
          grant  thereof for a term of years equal to the residue  unexpired  of
          the Term at the Review Date and after the expiry of a rent free period
          of such length as would be  negotiated in the open market and otherwis
          on the same  terms  and  conditions  as are  contained  in this  Lease
          (except as to the amount of the rent payable  hereunder  but including
          these provisions for the review of rent) and on the assumption (if not
          a fact) that at the Review Date:

          (A)  the  demised   premises  are  suitable  and  fit  for   immediate
               beneficial  occupation  and  use by the  willing  tenant
          (B)  the demised premises are in good and substantial  repair and free
               from defects (whether or not inherent)
          (C)  no work has  been  carried  out to the  demised  premises  by the
               Tenant or any  undertenant  during the Term which has  diminished
               the rental value of the demised premises
          (D)  if the demised  premises have been destroyed or damaged they have
               been fully rebuilt and reinstated
          (E)  all the  covenants  on the part of the Tenant  contained  in this
               Lease have been fully performed and observed

          BUT  there shall be disregarded:

          (I)  any effect on rent of the fact that the  Tenant or any  permitted
               undertenant may have been in occupation of the demised premises
          (II) any  goodwill  attached to the demised  premises by reason of any
               business  carried  on  therein  by the  Tenant  or any  permitted
               undertenant
          (III)any  increase  in  the  rental  value  of  the  demised  premises
               attributable   to  the  existence  at  the  Review  Date  of  any
               improvement to the demised  premises or any part thereof  carried
               out by the  Tenant or any  permitted  undertenant  after the date
               hereof  with  the  consent  (where   required)  of  the  Landlord
               otherwise  than in pursuance of an  obligation to the Landlord or
               pursuant to  obligations  requiring  compliance  with statutes or
               directions of local or other authorities
          (IV) the taxable  status of the Tenant for the purposes of Value Added
               Tax or any other tax
          (V)  so far as may be  permitted  by law all  restrictions  whatsoever
               relating  to rent  or to  security  of  tenure  contained  in any
               statute  or  orders  rules  or  regulations  thereunder  and  any
               directions  thereby given  relating to any method of  determining
               rent

     (C)  "Surveyor" means the independent  professionally qualified surveyor of
          not less than Ten (10) years standing  being  suitably  experienced in
          rent  review  valuations  in South  East  England  of  industrial  and
          warehouse  premises  of a  similar  size  and  nature  to the  demised
          premises appointed


<PAGE>

          from time to time to  determine  the Open Market Rent  pursuant to the
          provisions of this Schedule

     (D)  "the  President"  means the  President for the time being of The Royal
          Institution  of  Chartered   Surveyors  and  shall  include  the  duly
          appointed  deputy of the  President  or any person  authorised  by the
          President to make appointments on his behalf

     (E)  "Rent Restrictions"  means any restrictions  imposed by statute or any
          order rule or regulation  thereunder  for the control of rent in force
          on the  Review  Date or on the date on  which  any  increased  rent is
          ascertained  in  accordance  with this  Schedule and which  operate to
          impose any  limitation  whether in time or amount on the collection of
          an increase in the rent first hereby reserved or any part thereof

UPWARDS ONLY RENT REVIEW

(2)  The rent first  hereby  reserved  shall be  reviewed  with  effect from the
     Review Date in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule and from and
     including  the Review  Date the rent shall be equal to the higher of either
     the rent payable immediately before the Review Date or the Open Market Rent
     on the Review Date agreed or determined as hereinafter provided

AGREEMENT OR DETERMINATION OF THE REVIEWED RENT

(3)  The Open  Market  Rent at the  Review  Date may be agreed in writing at any
     time between the Landlord and the Tenant but if for any reason the Landlord
     and the Tenant are unable to agree to the Open  Market Rent then either the
     Landlord or the Tenant may (not more than two months before but at any time
     after the Review Date) by notice to the other party require the Open Market
     Rent to be determined by the Surveyor

APPOINTMENT OF SURVEYOR

(4)  In  default  of  agreement  between  the  Landlord  and the  Tenant  on the
     appointment  jointly of the Surveyor the Surveyor shall be appointed by the
     President on the written  application  of either the Landlord or the Tenant
     who  shall be at  liberty  to make such  application  not more than one (1)
     month before but at any time after the Review Date

FUNCTIONS OF THE SURVEYOR

(5)  The Surveyor shall:

     (A)  at  the  option  of  the  Landlord  act  either  as an  arbitrator  in
          accordance  with the  Arbitration Act 1996 (as the same may be amended
          from time to time) or as an expert

     (B)  if acting as an expert invite the Landlord and the Tenant to submit to
          him


<PAGE>

          within such time limits as he shall consider  appropriate and as shall
          be approved by the  Landlord a valuation  accompanied  if desired by a
          statement   of   reasons   and   such    representations   and   cross
          representations  as to the  amount of the Open  Market  Rent with such
          supporting evidence as they may respectively wish

     (C)  within  sixty (60) days of his  appointment  or within  such  extended
          period as the Landlord and the Tenant shall  jointly  agree in writing
          give to each of them  written  notice of the amount of the Open Market
          Rent as determined by him

COSTS OF REFERENCE TO SURVEYOR

(6)
     (A)  The costs of any  reference  to the  Surveyor (if acting as an expert)
          shall be in the award of the Surveyor and failing such award the costs
          shall be borne by the parties in equal shares

     (B)  If  either  the  Landlord  or the  Tenant  shall  fail  to  pay  their
          respective  share of the costs of the  Surveyor  under the  provisions
          hereof  within  twenty-one  days of the  same  being  demanded  by the
          Surveyor  then the  other  shall be  entitled  to pay the same and the
          amount to paid shall be repaid by the party  chargeable  on demand and
          in the case of the Tenant shall be recoverable as rent in arrear

APPOINTMENT OF NEW SURVEYOR

(7)  If  the  Surveyor  (acting  as an  expert)  does  not  give  notice  of his
     determination  within  the  time  aforesaid  or if he shall  die or  become
     unwilling  to act or  incapable  of acting or if for any other reason he is
     unable to act then  either  the  Landlord  or the Tenant  may  request  the
     President to discharge  the  Surveyor and appoint  another  surveyor in his
     place which procedure may be repeated as many times as necessary





INTERIM PAYMENTS PENDING DETERMINATION

(8)  In the event that by the Review  Date the amount of the  reviewed  rent has
     not been agreed or determined as aforesaid (the actual date of agreement or
     determination being herein called "the Determination Date") then in respect
     of the period of time (herein called "the Interim  Period")  beginning with
     the Review Date and ending on the quarter day following  the  Determination
     Date the Tenant shall pay to the  Landlord  rent at the yearly rate payable
     immediately  before  the  Review  Date  and  within  seven  (7) days of the
     Determination  Date the  Tenant  shall  pay to the  Landlord  on  demand as
     arrears  of rent the amount by which the  reviewed  rent  exceeds  the rent
     actually  paid during the Interim  Period  (apportioned  on a daily  basis)
     together with interest  thereon at the Prescribed


<PAGE>

     Rate from the Review Date to the date of actual payment

RENT RESTRICTIONS

(9)  On each and every  occasion  during the Term that Rent  Restrictions  shall
     prevent or prohibit either wholly or partially:

     (A)  the operation of the above provisions for review of the rent or

     (B)  the normal collection and retention by the Landlord of any increase in
          the rent or any installment or part thereof

     THEN and in each such case respectively:

          (I)  the operation of such  provisions for review of the rent shall be
               postponed  to take  effect on the first date or dates  thereafter
               upon which such operation may occur

          (II) the  collection of any increase or increases in the rent shall be
               postponed  to take  effect on the first date or dates  thereafter
               that such increase or increases may be collected  and/or retained
               in whole or in part and on as many occasions as shall be required
               to ensure the collection of the whole increase

     AND until the Rent Restrictions shall be relaxed either partially or wholly
     the rent first hereby  reserved  shall be the maximum sum from time to time
     permitted by the Rent Restrictions as may be applicable

MEMORANDA OF REVIEWED RENT

(10) As soon as the amount of any  reviewed  rent has been agreed or  determined
     memoranda  thereof shall be prepared by the Landlord or its  Solicitors and
     thereupon  shall be signed by or on behalf of the  Landlord  and the Tenant
     and annexed to this Lease and the counterpart thereof and the parties shall
     bear their own costs in respect thereof

TIME NOT OF THE ESSENCE

(11) For the purpose of this clause time shall not be of the essence

                               THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

(1)  The Assignee or the Surety shall pay the rents and all other sums  reserved
     and made  payable by the Lease in the manner  and at the  respective  times
     appointed  for  payment  thereof  and shall  perform  and  observe  all the
     covenants  on the part of the  Tenant  and the  conditions  and  provisions
     contained  in the Lease AND the  Surety  hereby  indemnifies  the  Landlord
     against all claims  demands  losses  damages costs and expenses  whatsoever
     sustained  by the  Landlord by reason of or arising in any way  directly or
     indirectly  out of any  default by the  Assignee in the payment of the said
     rents  or other  sums in the  manner  aforesaid  or in the  performance  or
     observance of any of the said covenants  conditions and provisions


<PAGE>

     PROVIDED  ALWAYS that any neglect delay or  forbearance  of the Landlord in
     enforcing  or giving time to the  Assignee for payment of the said rents or
     other sums or the  performance  or observance of any of the said  covenants
     conditions  and  provisions  or any  variation  in the  terms  of th  Lease
     (including  any  reviews  of the rent) or the  transfer  of the  Landlord's
     reversion or the release of any one of the persons acting as the Surety (if
     more  than one) from  liability  under the Lease or any other act  omission
     matter or thing  whatsoever  whereby  (but for this  provision)  the Surety
     would be  exonerated  either  wholly  or in part  from  this  covenant  and
     indemnity (other than a release under seal given by the Landlord) shall not
     release  or in any  way  lessen  or  affect  the  liability  of the  Surety
     hereunder

(2)  If the Lease is  forfeited  or if the  Assignee  being a company  goes into
     liquidation  and the  liquidator  disclaims  the Lease or the  Assignee  is
     wound-up or ceases to exist or the  Assignee  being an  individual  becomes
     bankrupt and the trustees in bankruptcy  disclaim the Lease or if the Lease
     is disclaimed by or on behalf of the Assignee  under any statutory or other
     power then if the  Landlord so requires  the Surety  shall  accept from and
     execute  and  deliver to the  Landlord a  counterpart  of a ne lease of the
     Demised  Premises  for a term  commencing  on the  date of such  forfeiture
     disclaimer  or other  event  putting  an end to the  effect of the Lease as
     aforesaid and continuing  for the residue then  remaining  unexpired of the
     term  granted  by the Lease  such new lease to be at the cost of the Surety
     and to reserve the same rents and other sums as are then  reserved and made
     payable by the Lease and to be subject to the same covenants conditions and
     provisions  (including the rent review  provisions) as are contained in the
     Lease (with the exception of this clause)

(3)  If the  Landlord  shall not  require  the Surety to take a new lease of the
     Demised  Premises   pursuant  to  paragraph  (2)  above  the  Surety  shall
     nevertheless  upon demand pay to the  Landlord a sum equal to the rents and
     all other  outgoings  that would have been payable under this Lease but for
     the  disclaimer  or other event as  aforesaid in respect of the period from
     and including the date of the disclaimer or other event as aforesaid  until
     the  expiration of six (6) months  therefrom or until the Demised  Premises
     shall have been re-let by the Landlord (whichever shall first occur)

(4)  In the event that the Assignee  further  assigns the Lease the Surety shall
     enter into the said Authorised  Guarantee  Agreement so as to guarantee the
     performance by the Assignee of the Assignees covenants contained therein




SIGNED as a DEED by the
said * in the presence of:

           Director


<PAGE>

           Secretary


<PAGE>

SIGNED as a DEED by the
said *
in the presence of:

           Director

           Secretary


<PAGE>




                                      INDEX

PARTIES

                CLAUSE 1:            Demise

                                     Habendum

                                     Reddendum

                CLAUSE 2:            Tenants Covenants

                (1)                  To pay rents

                (2)                  To pay interest on overdue monies

                (3)                  To pay outgoings

                (4)                  To maintain and keep in repair

                (5)                  Cleaning

                (6)                  To yield up

                (7)                  Entry by Landlord and others

                (8)                  To comply with notices to repair

                (9)                  Dangerous materials and use of machinery

                (10)                 Overloading floors and services

                (11)                 Alterations

                (12)                 Statutory requirements

                (13)                 Planning

                (14)                 Statutory notices

                (15)                 Fire precautions and equipment

                (16)                 To inform the Landlord of defects

                (17)                 User

                (18)                 Not to affix signs
                (19)                 Notices for disposal


<PAGE>

                (20)                 To notify Landlord of encroachments

                (21)                 To inform Landlord of notices

                (22)                 Tax

                (23)                 Landlords Costs

                (24)                 Alienation

                (25)                 Value Added Tax

                (26)                 Insurance

                CLAUSE 3:            Landlord's Covenants

                (1)                  Quiet Enjoyment

                (2)                  To Insure

                (3)                  To produce copy Schedule

                (4)                  Destruction of Demised Premises

                CLAUSE 4:            Provisos and Declarations

                (1)                  Forfeiture

                (2)                  Implied easements

                (3)                  Restrictions on adjoining property

                (4)                  Compensation

                (5)                  Notices

                (6)                  Cesser of rent

                (7)                  Exclusion Order

                (8)                  Interpretation

                (9)                  Paragraph headings

                (10)                 Certification


<PAGE>

                THE FIRST SCHEDULE:  The demised premises

                THE SECOND SCHEDULE: Rights reserved

                THE THIRD SCHEDULE:  Subject matters

                THE FOURTH SCHEDULE: Rent Review provisions

                THE FIFTH SCHEDULE:  Form of Covenant by Future Surety


<PAGE>








                      DATED                        1998

                                      (1) *

                                      (2) *








                                 LEASE OF WHOLE

                                       OF

                              29-33 CHOUMERT GROVE
                                   CAMBERWELL

                                   LONDON SE13







                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14


                            CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.
                                  629 GROVE ST.
                             JERSEY CITY, N.J. 07310

Mr. Evan Lam
Workable Co., Ltd.
Unit 1, 1/F., Tak King Ind. Building
27 Lee Chung Street
Chai Wan, Hong Kong

Mr. Peter Furlonge
Roda Print Concepts Limited
29-33 Choumert Grove
London, SE15 4RB
England

Gentlemen:

     The  purpose  of this  letter is to outline  the terms of a proposed  Joint
Marketing and Technology License Agreement ("Joint Marketing  Agreement") by and
among  Cunningham  Graphics,  Inc.  ("Cunningham"),  Roda Print Concepts Limited
("Roda") and Workable Co., Ltd.  ("Workable",  and together with  Cunningham and
Roda, each a "Party" and collectively,  the "Parties").  Pending the negotiation
and  execution of a more formal  agreement  the Parties  intend to conduct their
joint activities within the framework of this letter.

     Each of the Parties is engaged in the  business of printing  time-sensitive
research reports and other materials for  international  investment  banking and
investment research firms and other financial institutions.  Each of the Parties
presently  performs  work for  customers  which have  operations  in the markets
served by the other Parties.  In some of such cases, the customers are utilizing
the  services  of firms  other than the  Parties  to this  letter  agreement.  A
principal  objective of the Joint  Marketing  Agreement will be the promotion of
cross-selling arrangements among the Parties.

     A second  objective of the Joint  Marketing  Agreement will be to formalize
the Parties' understanding with respect to the "World Research Link" (also known
as "WRL").

     More  specifically,  the interim  understanding  of the Parties is, and the
Joint Marketing Agreement shall provide, as follows:


<PAGE>




     1. Cross-Selling.

          (a) The Parties shall designate  targeted  firms,  which are already a
customer of one or more of the Parties,  to which another  Party's  printing and
document management and distribution services shall be marketed.

          (b) In the event that a Party derives new business from such marketing
activities,  the Party  shall pay a  commission  to the  referring  firm in such
amount  as shall  be  determined  and  agreed  upon by the  Parties  based  upon
profitability.  It is anticipated  that such commissions will be in the range of
2% - 5% of net sales,  based upon actual  receipts of payment.  The  commissions
will be payable on a monthly  basis within ten (10) days  following the close of
each month. The commissions will be payable over the term of the Joint Marketing
Agreement.

          (c) Each Party shall be entitled to audit the other Parties'  accounts
receivable  up to two (2) times per calendar  year in order to verify the amount
of commissions which are payable.

          (d)  In  their  cross-selling  activities  the  Parties  agree  not to
disclose  any  pricing  grids or  formulae or any  confidential  information  of
another Party without such Party's written consent.

          (e) Prices quotes to a targeted  cross-selling  customer shall be good
for one year and not subject to  increases,  except for increases in the cost of
materials.

          (f) All billing must be in accordance with customers' specifications.

     2. World Research Link

          (a) Each of Roda and Workable acknowledges that Cunningham is the sole
owner of the intellectual property rights in the names "World Research Link" and
"WRL"  including,  but not limited to  trademarks  and the  goodwill  associated
therewith   and  any  logos  which  may  be  developed   with  respect   thereto
(collectively, the "Licensed Rights").

          (b) As long as this  letter  agreement  (as  superseded  by the  Joint
Marketing  Agreement)  remains in  effect,  each of Roda and  Workable  shall be
entitled  to use the  Licensed  Rights  solely  in  connection  with  the  joint
marketing activities provided for hereunder and the data transmission activities
described in the following  paragraph.  Neither Roda nor Workable  shall use the
Licensed Rights in connection with any other  activity'  provided,  however that
the Licensed  Rights may be used in connection  with the

                                       2

<PAGE>



independent  marketing  activities of each of Roda and Workable,  subject to the
prior written approval of Cunningham.

          (c) Prior to this date,  the Parties have  developed a process for the
transmission  to one  another  of  proprietary  data  files of their  respective
customers for the purpose of  facilitating  the  contemporaneous  production and
distribution of  time-sensitive  financial  research reports on an international
basis.  The Parties shall market the  availability  of this service as a part of
their cross-selling  activities and their individual marketing plans;  provided,
however,  use of the Licensed Rights in any marketing materials shall be subject
to the prior written approval of Cunningham.

          (d)  Communication  costs  incidental to services  associated with the
"World Research Link" shall be borne by the Party receiving copy.

          (e) Each of the Parties shall seek to identify new participants in the
"World Research Link" in other international financial markets.

          (f)  The  Parties  shall  develop  an  annual  budget  to  market  the
activities  associated with the Licensed Rights. Such marketing activities shall
be coordinated by Cunningham. Each Party shall pay 1/3 of the budgeted expenses.

     3.   Confidentiality.   Each  Party  agrees  to  hold  in  confidence   all
"Confidential  Information" which it obtains from the other Parties with respect
to their  independent  businesses and shall cause their  respective  management,
sales and marketing employees to execute appropriate confidentiality agreements.
As  used  herein  "Confidential   Information"  means  any  and  all  financial,
operational,  technical,  commercial and other  information  which is not in the
"Public  Domain" (as defined  below)  concerning  the  business and affairs of a
Party that has been or may  hereafter be provided by a Party to another Party in
connection with their joint activities provided for herein.

          "Public Domain" shall mean information made available to the public by
a Party, including, without limitation, the following:

          (i)  Information  which at the  time of  disclosure  pursuant  to this
agreement or the Joint  Marketing  Agreement had  previously  been published by,
revealed in trade journals or filed with any governmental agency by a Party;

          (ii)  Information  which while this  agreement or the Joint  Marketing
Agreement is in effect is published or revealed in trade  journals by a Party or
filed with any governmental agency; and

          (iii)  Information which is obtained by a Party from a third party who
is  lawfully in  possession  of such  information  and not in  violation  of any
contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Party to which the information
pertains with respect to the disclosure of such information.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     4. Most-Favored  Nation. Each Party agrees not to offer services to promote
or enter into any form of joint  venture or  marketing  alliance  with any other
printing company with regard to the production of financial  research reports or
other printing or document  production and management services without the prior
written consent of the other Parties hereto.

     5.  On-Going  Disclosure.  Each Party  agrees to disclose to the others any
material adverse changes in its financial condition or operations.

     6.  Termination  Rights.  The Parties'  joint  activities  pursuant to this
letter agreement shall terminate on May 1, 1998 if the Joint Marketing Agreement
has not been  executed  and  delivered  by that date,  unless  said  deadline is
extended by agreement of all the Parties in writing.  Cunningham  shall have the
right to  terminate  this letter  agreement  in the event of a breach by another
Party of the provisions of paragraphs 2(b) or 2(c).

     7.  Term.  The Joint  Marketing  Agreement  shall  have a term of three (3)
years.

     8.  Representations  and Warranties.  Each Party represents and warrants to
the other  Parties  that it has the  absolute  and  unrestricted  right,  power,
authority  and  capacity  to execute and deliver  this letter  agreement  and to
perform its obligations hereunder. Each Party further represents and warrants to
the other Parties that this letter  agreement  constitutes its legal,  valid and
binding obligation and is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

     9. Governing Law. This letter  agreement and the Joint Marketing  Agreement
shall be governed by and construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
New Jersey and applicable laws of the United States of America.

     10.  Arbitration of Disputes.  Any disputes arising in connection with this
letter agreement or the Joint Marketing Agreement shall be finally settled under
the Rules of  Conciliation  and  Arbitration  of the  International  Chamber  of
Commerce by three  arbitrators  appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The
place of  arbitration  shall be New York,  New  York,  and the  language  of the
arbitration  shall be English.  The parties waive any objection to an arbitrator
having  the same  nationality  as one of the  parties.  Judgment  upon the award
rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction.

     If you are in agreement  with the  foregoing  terms and  conditions  of the
interim  arrangements  among the Parties and the expression of intent  regarding
the terms and conditions of the Joint Marketing Agreement, please so acknowledge
where provided below and return a signed copy of this letter to the undersigned.

                                       4

<PAGE>



     The acknowledgment may be signed in counterparts.


                                                   Very truly yours,

                                                   CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                                                   By:__________________________
                                                        Michael Cunningham
                                                        President

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO:

RODA PRINT CONCEPTS, LIMITED.

By:_________________________
     Peter Furlonge
     Managing Director

WORKABLE CO., LTD.

By:_________________________
     Evan Lam
     Principal



                                       5






                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



We consent to the  reference to our firm under the caption  "Experts" and to the
use  of  our  reports  dated  January  16,  1998,  in  Amendment  No.  1 to  the
Registration  Statement  (Form S-1 No.  333-46541)  and  related  Prospectus  of
Cunningham Graphics International, Inc. for the registration of 2,415,000 shares
of its common stock.



   
Princeton, New Jersey
March 27, 1998
    

                                                      /s/Ernst & Young LLP




                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3


                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We  consent to the  reference  to our firm under the  caption  "Experts"  in the
Registration  Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Cunningham Graphics
International, Inc. for the registration of 2,415,000 shares of its common stock
and to the  inclusion  therein of our report dated 11 February 1998 with respect
to the  consolidated  financial  statements  of Roda  Limited and the  financial
statements of Roda Print Concepts Limited (Predecessor).



                                                           /s/  ERNST & YOUNG
                                                           Chartered Accountants


   
London, England
25 March 1998
    



To:  Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.
     629 Grove Street
     Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

     The  undersigned  hereby consents to being  identified in the  Registration
Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by  Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc.
("CGII") with the Securities and Exchange  Commission as a person  designated to
be a  director  of  CGII  following  the  effective  date  of  the  Registration
Statement.

                                                             /s/ Laurence Gerber
                                                             ------------------
                                                                 Laurence Gerber


To:  Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.
     629 Grove Street
     Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

     The  undersigned  hereby consents to being  identified in the  Registration
Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by  Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc.
("CGII") with the Securities and Exchange  Commission as a person  designated to
be a  director  of  CGII  following  the  effective  date  of  the  Registration
Statement.

                                                        /s/ Stanley J. Moss
                                                        ------------------------
                                                            Stanley J. Moss





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission